[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022119320A1 - Electronic device comprising flexible display, and control method thereof - Google Patents

Electronic device comprising flexible display, and control method thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022119320A1
WO2022119320A1 PCT/KR2021/018031 KR2021018031W WO2022119320A1 WO 2022119320 A1 WO2022119320 A1 WO 2022119320A1 KR 2021018031 W KR2021018031 W KR 2021018031W WO 2022119320 A1 WO2022119320 A1 WO 2022119320A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
flexible display
sensitivity
electronic device
area
touch
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/KR2021/018031
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
ë°•ė¤€ęˇœ
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Samsung Electronics Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Samsung Electronics Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR1020200179474A external-priority patent/KR20220079358A/en
Application filed by Samsung Electronics Co Ltd filed Critical Samsung Electronics Co Ltd
Publication of WO2022119320A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022119320A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16Constructional details or arrangements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/044Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements

Definitions

  • Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to an electronic device including a flexible display and a control method thereof.
  • an electronic device for example, a portable electronic device such as a smart phone
  • communication service providers or electronic device manufacturers are competitively developing electronic devices to provide various functions and differentiate them from other companies. Accordingly, various functions provided through the electronic device are also increasingly advanced.
  • a structure forming the electronic device may slide to change the size of the display area of the screen.
  • the size of the flexible display can be checked using a Hall sensor (Hall IC).
  • the present disclosure intends to provide an electronic device including a conductor inside a housing, detecting the conductor in a non-contact manner by adjusting the touch sensitivity of the flexible display, and checking the size of the flexible display, and a control method thereof.
  • the electronic device includes a housing, a conductor disposed inside the housing, a flexible display at least partially exposed through the housing, and at least one processor operatively connected to the flexible display, and the The at least one processor changes the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to a second sensitivity higher than the first sensitivity, and when a hovering input by the conductor is sensed on the flexible display, the hovering input is sensed coordinates of the flexible display may be checked, and a touch sensitivity of an exposed area of the flexible display may be changed from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity based on the coordinates.
  • a method for controlling an electronic device in which a conductor is disposed inside a housing includes changing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display from a first sensitivity to a second sensitivity higher than the first sensitivity;
  • an operation of checking coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input is sensed and a touch sensitivity of an exposed area of the flexible display based on the coordinates are determined from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity may include an operation to change to .
  • the electronic device may prevent performance degradation of components and maintain a thin thickness of the electronic device by checking the exposed area of the flexible display using only a conductor instead of a large amount of magnets.
  • the electronic device may prevent damage to the flexible display by checking the exposed area of the flexible display in a non-contact manner.
  • the electronic device lowers the touch sensitivity of the exposed area and increases the touch sensitivity only in the section where the hovering input is to be performed by the conductor. has the effect of being maintained.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram of an electronic device in a network environment according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an electronic device according to various embodiments of the present disclosure, and is a diagram illustrating a state in which a portion of a flexible display is accommodated in a second structure.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an electronic device according to various embodiments of the present disclosure, and is a diagram illustrating a state in which most of the flexible display is visually exposed to the outside of a second structure.
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view illustrating an electronic device according to various embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • 5A is a view for explaining an electronic device in which a conductor is disposed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • 5B is a view for explaining an electronic device in which a conductor is disposed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 is a view for explaining a method of operating an electronic device according to various embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7A is a view for explaining an operation of changing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7B is a diagram for explaining an embodiment of a user interface screen provided to a user according to a change in touch sensitivity according to the present disclosure
  • FIG. 8A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display in a reduced state according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 8B is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display in a state in which the flexible display is being expanded according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display in a reduced state according to various embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • 9B is a view for explaining the touch sensitivity of the flexible display in a state in which the flexible display is being expanded according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • 10A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display when an extended sliding operation is performed to expose a target exposure area of the flexible display according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • 10B is a view for explaining an embodiment in which an extended sliding operation of a flexible display is completed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • 11A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display when a reduction sliding operation is performed to expose a target exposure area of the flexible display according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • 11B is a view for explaining an embodiment in which a reduction/sliding operation of the flexible display is completed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an embodiment of a user interface screen provided to a user when the flexible display has a touch sensitivity as shown in FIG. 11A.
  • the electronic device may have various types of devices.
  • the electronic device may include, for example, a portable communication device (eg, a smart phone), a computer device, a portable multimedia device, a portable medical device, a camera, a wearable device, or a home appliance device.
  • a portable communication device eg, a smart phone
  • a computer device e.g., a smart phone
  • a portable multimedia device e.g., a portable medical device
  • a camera e.g., a portable medical device
  • a camera e.g., a portable medical device
  • a camera e.g., a portable medical device
  • a wearable device e.g., a smart bracelet
  • a home appliance device e.g., a home appliance
  • first”, “second”, or “first” or “second” may simply be used to distinguish the component from other components in question, and may refer to components in other aspects (e.g., importance or order) is not limited. that one (eg first) component is “coupled” or “connected” to another (eg, second) component with or without the terms “functionally” or “communicatively” When referenced, it means that one component can be connected to the other component directly (eg by wire), wirelessly, or through a third component.
  • module may include a unit implemented in hardware, software, or firmware, and may be used interchangeably with terms such as, for example, logic, logic block, component, or circuit.
  • a module may be an integrally formed part or a minimum unit or a part of the part that performs one or more functions.
  • the module may be implemented in the form of an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC).
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • a storage medium eg, internal memory or external memory
  • a machine eg, electronic device
  • a processor eg, processor
  • the one or more instructions may include code generated by a compiler or code executable by an interpreter.
  • the device-readable storage medium may be provided in the form of a non-transitory storage medium.
  • 'non-transitory' only means that the storage medium is a tangible device and does not contain a signal (eg, electromagnetic wave), and this term is different from the case where data is semi-permanently stored in the storage medium. It does not distinguish between temporary storage cases.
  • a signal eg, electromagnetic wave
  • the method according to various embodiments disclosed in this document may be included and provided in a computer program product.
  • Computer program products may be traded between sellers and buyers as commodities.
  • the computer program product is distributed in the form of a device-readable storage medium (eg compact disc read only memory (CD-ROM)), or through an application store (eg Play StoreTM) or on two user devices (eg, It can be distributed (eg downloaded or uploaded) directly or online between smartphones (eg: smartphones).
  • a part of the computer program product may be temporarily stored or temporarily created in a machine-readable storage medium such as a memory of a server of a manufacturer, a server of an application store, or a relay server.
  • each component (eg, module or program) of the above-described components may include a singular or a plurality of entities, and some of the plurality of entities may be separately disposed in other components. have.
  • one or more components or operations among the above-described corresponding components may be omitted, or one or more other components or operations may be added.
  • a plurality of components eg, a module or a program
  • the integrated component may perform one or more functions of each component of the plurality of components identically or similarly to those performed by the corresponding component among the plurality of components prior to the integration. .
  • operations performed by a module, program, or other component are executed sequentially, in parallel, repeatedly, or heuristically, or one or more of the operations are executed in a different order, or omitted. or one or more other operations may be added.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram of an electronic device 1001 in a network environment 1000 according to various embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • an electronic device 1001 communicates with an electronic device 1002 through a first network 1098 (eg, a short-range wireless communication network) or a second network 1099 . It may communicate with the electronic device 1004 or the server 1008 through (eg, a long-distance wireless communication network). According to an embodiment, the electronic device 1001 may communicate with the electronic device 1004 through the server 1008 .
  • a first network 1098 eg, a short-range wireless communication network
  • a second network 1099 e.g., a second network 1099
  • the electronic device 1004 or the server 1008 eg, a long-distance wireless communication network
  • the electronic device 1001 may communicate with the electronic device 1004 through the server 1008 .
  • the electronic device 1001 includes a processor 1020 , a memory 1030 , an input module 1050 , a sound output module 1055 , a display module 1060 , an audio module 1070 , and a sensor module ( 1076), interface 1077, connection terminal 1078, haptic module 1079, camera module 1080, power management module 1088, battery 1089, communication module 1090, subscriber identification module 1096 , or an antenna module 1097 .
  • at least one of these components eg, the connection terminal 1078
  • some of these components are integrated into one component (eg, display module 1060 ). can be
  • the processor 1020 for example, executes software (eg, a program 1040) to execute at least one other component (eg, a hardware or software component) of the electronic device 1001 connected to the processor 1020. It can control and perform various data processing or operations. According to one embodiment, as at least part of data processing or computation, the processor 1020 converts commands or data received from other components (eg, the sensor module 1076 or the communication module 1090) to the volatile memory 1032 . may be stored in , process commands or data stored in the volatile memory 1032 , and store the result data in the non-volatile memory 1034 .
  • software eg, a program 1040
  • the processor 1020 converts commands or data received from other components (eg, the sensor module 1076 or the communication module 1090) to the volatile memory 1032 .
  • the volatile memory 1032 may be stored in , process commands or data stored in the volatile memory 1032 , and store the result data in the non-volatile memory 1034 .
  • the processor 1020 is the main processor 1021 (eg, central processing unit or application processor) or the auxiliary processor 1023 (eg, graphic processing unit, neural network processing unit) a neural processing unit (NPU), an image signal processor, a sensor hub processor, or a communication processor).
  • the main processor 1021 e.g, central processing unit or application processor
  • the auxiliary processor 1023 e.g, graphic processing unit, neural network processing unit
  • NPU neural processing unit
  • an image signal processor e.g., a sensor hub processor
  • a communication processor e.g., a communication processor
  • the coprocessor 1023 may, for example, act on behalf of the main processor 1021 while the main processor 1021 is in an inactive (eg, sleep) state, or when the main processor 1021 is active (eg, executing an application). ), together with the main processor 1021, at least one of the components of the electronic device 1001 (eg, the display module 1060, the sensor module 1076, or the communication module 1090) It is possible to control at least some of the related functions or states.
  • coprocessor 1023 eg, image signal processor or communication processor
  • may be implemented as part of another functionally related component eg, camera module 1080 or communication module 1090. have.
  • the auxiliary processor 1023 may include a hardware structure specialized for processing an artificial intelligence model.
  • Artificial intelligence models can be created through machine learning. Such learning may be performed, for example, in the electronic device 1001 itself on which artificial intelligence is performed, or may be performed through a separate server (eg, server 1008).
  • the learning algorithm may include, for example, supervised learning, unsupervised learning, semi-supervised learning, or reinforcement learning, but in the above example not limited
  • the artificial intelligence model may include a plurality of artificial neural network layers.
  • Artificial neural networks include deep neural networks (DNNs), convolutional neural networks (CNNs), recurrent neural networks (RNNs), restricted boltzmann machines (RBMs), deep belief networks (DBNs), bidirectional recurrent deep neural networks (BRDNNs), It may be one of deep Q-networks or a combination of two or more of the above, but is not limited to the above example.
  • the artificial intelligence model may include, in addition to, or alternatively, a software structure in addition to the hardware structure.
  • the memory 1030 may store various data used by at least one component of the electronic device 1001 (eg, the processor 1020 or the sensor module 1076 ).
  • the data may include, for example, input data or output data for software (eg, the program 1040 ) and instructions related thereto.
  • the memory 1030 may include a volatile memory 1032 or a non-volatile memory 1034 .
  • the program 1040 may be stored as software in the memory 1030 , and may include, for example, an operating system 1042 , middleware 1044 , or an application 1046 .
  • the input module 1050 may receive a command or data to be used in a component (eg, the processor 1020 ) of the electronic device 1001 from the outside (eg, a user) of the electronic device 1001 .
  • the input module 1050 may include, for example, a microphone, a mouse, a keyboard, a key (eg, a button), or a digital pen (eg, a stylus pen).
  • the sound output module 1055 may output a sound signal to the outside of the electronic device 1001 .
  • the sound output module 1055 may include, for example, a speaker or a receiver.
  • the speaker can be used for general purposes such as multimedia playback or recording playback.
  • the receiver may be used to receive an incoming call. According to one embodiment, the receiver may be implemented separately from or as part of the speaker.
  • the display module 1060 may visually provide information to the outside (eg, a user) of the electronic device 1001 .
  • the display module 1060 may include, for example, a control circuit for controlling a display, a hologram device, or a projector and a corresponding device.
  • the display module 1060 may include a touch sensor configured to sense a touch or a pressure sensor configured to measure the intensity of a force generated by the touch.
  • the audio module 1070 may convert a sound into an electric signal or, conversely, convert an electric signal into a sound. According to an embodiment, the audio module 1070 acquires a sound through the input module 1050 or an external electronic device (eg, a sound output module 1055 ) directly or wirelessly connected to the electronic device 1001 .
  • the electronic device 1002) eg, a speaker or headphones
  • the sensor module 1076 detects an operating state (eg, power or temperature) of the electronic device 1001 or an external environmental state (eg, a user state), and generates an electrical signal or data value corresponding to the sensed state. can do.
  • the sensor module 1076 may include, for example, a gesture sensor, a gyro sensor, a barometric pressure sensor, a magnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, a grip sensor, a proximity sensor, a color sensor, an IR (infrared) sensor, a biometric sensor, It may include a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, or an illuminance sensor.
  • the interface 1077 may support one or more specified protocols that may be used for the electronic device 1001 to directly or wirelessly connect with an external electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1002 ).
  • the interface 1077 may include, for example, a high definition multimedia interface (HDMI), a universal serial bus (USB) interface, an SD card interface, or an audio interface.
  • HDMI high definition multimedia interface
  • USB universal serial bus
  • SD card interface Secure Digital Card
  • connection terminal 1078 may include a connector through which the electronic device 1001 can be physically connected to an external electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1002 ).
  • the connection terminal 1078 may include, for example, an HDMI connector, a USB connector, an SD card connector, or an audio connector (eg, a headphone connector).
  • the haptic module 1079 may convert an electrical signal into a mechanical stimulus (eg, vibration or movement) or an electrical stimulus that the user can perceive through tactile or kinesthetic sense.
  • the haptic module 1079 may include, for example, a motor, a piezoelectric element, or an electrical stimulation device.
  • the camera module 1080 may capture still images and moving images. According to one embodiment, the camera module 1080 may include one or more lenses, image sensors, image signal processors, or flashes.
  • the power management module 1088 may manage power supplied to the electronic device 1001 .
  • the power management module 1088 may be implemented as, for example, at least a part of a power management integrated circuit (PMIC).
  • PMIC power management integrated circuit
  • the battery 1089 may supply power to at least one component of the electronic device 1001 .
  • battery 1089 may include, for example, a non-rechargeable primary cell, a rechargeable secondary cell, or a fuel cell.
  • the communication module 1090 is a direct (eg, wired) communication channel or a wireless communication channel between the electronic device 1001 and an external electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1002, the electronic device 1004, or the server 1008). It can support establishment and communication performance through the established communication channel.
  • the communication module 1090 may include one or more communication processors that operate independently of the processor 1020 (eg, an application processor) and support direct (eg, wired) communication or wireless communication.
  • the communication module 1090 is a wireless communication module 1092 (eg, a cellular communication module, a short-range wireless communication module, or a global navigation satellite system (GNSS) communication module) or a wired communication module 1094 (eg, : It may include a LAN (local area network) communication module, or a power line communication module).
  • the corresponding communication module is a first network 1098 (eg, a short-range communication network such as Bluetooth, wireless fidelity (WiFi) direct, or infrared data association (IrDA)) or a second network 1099 (eg, legacy).
  • the wireless communication module 1092 uses subscriber information (eg, International Mobile Subscriber Identifier (IMSI)) stored in the subscriber identification module 1096 within a communication network, such as the first network 1098 or the second network 1099 .
  • the electronic device 1001 may be identified or authenticated.
  • the wireless communication module 1092 may support a 5G network after a 4G network and a next-generation communication technology, for example, a new radio access technology (NR).
  • NR access technology includes high-speed transmission of high-capacity data (eMBB (enhanced mobile broadband)), minimization of terminal power and access to multiple terminals (mMTC (massive machine type communications)), or high reliability and low latency (URLLC (ultra-reliable and low-latency) -latency communications)).
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • mMTC massive machine type communications
  • URLLC ultra-reliable and low-latency
  • the wireless communication module 1092 may support a high frequency band (eg, mmWave band) to achieve a high data rate, for example.
  • a high frequency band eg, mmWave band
  • the wireless communication module 1092 uses various technologies for securing performance in a high-frequency band, for example, beamforming, massive multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO), all-dimensional multiplexing. It may support technologies such as full dimensional MIMO (FD-MIMO), an array antenna, analog beam-forming, or a large scale antenna.
  • the wireless communication module 1092 may support various requirements specified in the electronic device 1001 , an external electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1004 ), or a network system (eg, the second network 1099 ).
  • the wireless communication module 1092 may include a peak data rate (eg, 20 Gbps or more) for realizing eMBB, loss coverage (eg, 164 dB or less) for realizing mMTC, or U-plane latency for realizing URLLC ( Example: downlink (DL) and uplink (UL) each 0.5 ms or less, or round trip 1 ms or less).
  • a peak data rate eg, 20 Gbps or more
  • loss coverage eg, 164 dB or less
  • U-plane latency for realizing URLLC
  • the antenna module 1097 may transmit or receive a signal or power to the outside (eg, an external electronic device).
  • the antenna module 1097 may include an antenna including a conductor formed on a substrate (eg, a PCB) or a radiator formed of a conductive pattern.
  • the antenna module 1097 may include a plurality of antennas (eg, an array antenna). In this case, at least one antenna suitable for a communication method used in a communication network such as the first network 1098 or the second network 1099 is connected from the plurality of antennas by, for example, the communication module 1090 . can be selected. A signal or power may be transmitted or received between the communication module 1090 and an external electronic device through the selected at least one antenna.
  • other components eg, a radio frequency integrated circuit (RFIC)
  • RFIC radio frequency integrated circuit
  • the antenna module 1097 may form a mmWave antenna module.
  • the mmWave antenna module comprises a printed circuit board, an RFIC disposed on or adjacent to a first side (eg, bottom side) of the printed circuit board and capable of supporting a designated high frequency band (eg, mmWave band); and a plurality of antennas (eg, an array antenna) disposed on or adjacent to a second side (eg, top or side) of the printed circuit board and capable of transmitting or receiving signals of the designated high frequency band. can do.
  • peripheral devices eg, a bus, general purpose input and output (GPIO), serial peripheral interface (SPI), or mobile industry processor interface (MIPI)
  • GPIO general purpose input and output
  • SPI serial peripheral interface
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • a command or data may be transmitted or received between the electronic device 1001 and the external electronic device 1004 through the server 1008 connected to the second network 1099 .
  • Each of the external electronic devices 1002 and 1004 may be the same as or different from the electronic device 1001 .
  • all or a part of operations executed in the electronic device 1001 may be executed in one or more external electronic devices 1002 , 1004 , or 1008 . For example, when the electronic device 1001 needs to perform a function or service automatically or in response to a request from a user or other device, the electronic device 1001 performs the function or service by itself instead of executing the function or service itself.
  • one or more external electronic devices may be requested to perform at least a part of the function or the service.
  • One or more external electronic devices that have received the request may execute at least a part of the requested function or service, or an additional function or service related to the request, and transmit a result of the execution to the electronic device 1001 .
  • the electronic device 1001 may process the result as it is or additionally and provide it as at least a part of a response to the request.
  • cloud computing, distributed computing, mobile edge computing (MEC), or client-server computing technology may be used.
  • the electronic device 1001 may provide an ultra-low latency service using, for example, distributed computing or mobile edge computing.
  • the external electronic device 1004 may include an Internet of things (IoT) device.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • Server 1008 may be an intelligent server using machine learning and/or neural networks.
  • the external electronic device 1004 or the server 1008 may be included in the second network 1099 .
  • the electronic device 1001 may be applied to an intelligent service (eg, smart home, smart city, smart car, or health care) based on 5G communication technology and IoT-related technology.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an electronic device 100 (eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 ) according to various embodiments disclosed herein, and a flexible display 103 (eg, the display module 1060 of FIG. 1 ) ) is a view showing a state in which a portion (eg, the second area A2 ) is accommodated in the second structure 102 .
  • 3 is a diagram illustrating an electronic device 100 (eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 ) according to various embodiments disclosed herein, and a flexible display 103 (eg, the display module 1060 of FIG. 1 ) ) is a view showing a state in which most of the second structure 102 is visually exposed to the outside.
  • the state shown in FIG. 2 may be defined as that the first structure 101 is closed with respect to the second structure 102 , and the state shown in FIG. 3 is the first structure 102 with respect to the second structure 102 .
  • Structure 101 may be defined as open.
  • the “closed state” or “open state” may be defined as a state in which the electronic device is closed or opened.
  • the closed state based on the exposed area of the flexible display 103, the closed state may be referred to as a "reduced state" of the flexible display 103, and the open state may indicate that the flexible display 103 is " It may also be referred to as an “extended state”.
  • the electronic device 100 may include a first structure 101 and a second structure 102 movably disposed in the first structure 101 .
  • it may be understood as a structure in which the first structure 101 is slidably disposed on the second structure 102 in the electronic device 100 .
  • the first structure 101 can reciprocate in the direction shown with respect to the second structure 102, for example, in the direction indicated by the arrow 1. can be arranged.
  • the first structure 101 may include a first plate 111a (eg, a slide plate), the first surface F1 formed including at least a portion of the first plate 111a; 4) and a second surface F2 facing in a direction opposite to the first surface F1 may be included.
  • the second structure 102 includes a second plate 121a (refer to FIG.
  • the second sidewall 123b and the third sidewall 123c may be formed perpendicular to the first sidewall 123a.
  • the second plate 121a , the first sidewall 123a , the second sidewall 123b , and the third sidewall 123c are configured to receive (or surround) at least a portion of the first structure 101 .
  • one side eg, a front face
  • the first structure 101 is coupled to the second structure 102 in a state where it is at least partially wrapped, and the first surface F1 or the second surface F2 and the first surface F1 or F2 while being guided by the second structure 102 . It can slide in a parallel direction, for example, in the direction of the arrow 1.
  • the second sidewall 123b or the third sidewall 123c may be omitted.
  • the second plate 121a, the first sidewall 123a, the second sidewall 123b, and/or the third sidewall 123c may be formed as separate structures and combined or assembled.
  • the rear plate 121b may be coupled to surround at least a portion of the second plate 121a.
  • the rear plate 121b may be formed substantially integrally with the second plate 121a.
  • the second plate 121a or the rear plate 121b may cover at least a portion of the flexible display 103 .
  • the flexible display 103 may be at least partially accommodated inside the second structure 102 , and the second plate 121a or the rear plate 121b may be accommodated inside the second structure 102 .
  • a portion of the display 103 eg, the second area A2 ) may be covered.
  • the first structure 101 may move the second structure 102 in a first direction (eg, direction 1) parallel to the second plate 121a (eg, the rear case) and the second sidewall 123b. ) is movable in an open state and a closed state, and the first structure 101 is placed at a first distance from the first sidewall 123a (eg, the first sidewall part 123a-1) in the closed state, In the open state, it may move to be placed at a second distance greater than the first distance from the first sidewall 123a (eg, the first sidewall part 123a-1). In some embodiments, in the closed state, the first structure 101 may be positioned to surround a portion of the first sidewall 123a (eg, the first sidewall portion 123a-1).
  • the electronic device 100 may include a display 103 , a key input device 141 , a connector hole 143 , audio modules 145a , 145b , 147a , 147b , or a camera module 149 .
  • the electronic device 100 may further include an indicator (eg, an LED device) or various sensor modules.
  • the display 103 may include a first area A1 and a second area A2 .
  • the first area A1 may extend substantially across at least a portion of the first surface F1 to be disposed on the first surface F1 .
  • the second area A2 extends from the first area A1 and is inserted or accommodated into the second structure 102 (eg, a housing) according to the sliding movement of the first structure 101 , or the second area A2 . It may be visually exposed to the outside of the structure 102 .
  • the second area A2 is substantially moved while being guided by a roller 151 (refer to FIG.
  • a portion of the second area A2 may be deformed into a curved shape at a position corresponding to the roller 151 .
  • the second area A2 when viewed from the top of the first plate 111a (eg, a slide plate), when the first structure 101 moves from the closed state to the open state, the second area A2 gradually becomes the second region A2. 2 While being visually exposed to the outside of the structure 102 , a substantially plane may be formed together with the first area A1 .
  • the display 103 may be coupled to or disposed adjacent to a touch sensing circuit, a pressure sensor capable of measuring the intensity (pressure) of a touch, and/or a digitizer that detects a magnetic field type stylus pen.
  • the second area A2 may be at least partially accommodated in the interior of the second structure 102 , and a portion of the second area A2 may be in a state (eg, a closed state) shown in FIG. 1 . can be visually exposed to the outside. In some embodiments, irrespective of the closed state or the open state, a portion of the visually exposed second area A2 may be located on the roller 151 , and at a position corresponding to the roller 151 , the second area A part of (A2) may maintain a curved shape.
  • the key input device 141 may be disposed on the second sidewall 123b or the third sidewall 123c of the second structure 102 .
  • the illustrated key input device 141 may be omitted or the electronic device 100 may be manufactured to include additional key input device(s).
  • the electronic device 100 may include a key input device (not shown), for example, a home key button or a touch pad disposed around the home key button.
  • at least a portion of the key input device 141 may be located in one area of the first structure 101 .
  • the connector hole 143 may be omitted, and may accommodate a connector (eg, a USB connector) for transmitting and receiving power and/or data to and from an external electronic device.
  • the electronic device 100 may include a plurality of connector holes 143 , and some of the plurality of connector holes 143 may function as connector holes for transmitting and receiving audio signals to and from an external electronic device.
  • the connector hole 143 is disposed on the third side wall 123c, but it should be noted that the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • a connector hole 143 or an additional connector hole not shown may be disposed in the first sidewall 123a or the second sidewall 123b.
  • the audio modules 145a, 145b, 147a, and 147b may include speaker holes 145a and 145b or microphone holes 147a and 147b.
  • One of the speaker holes 145a and 145b may be provided as a receiver hole for a voice call, and the other may be provided as an external speaker hole.
  • the microphone holes 147a and 147b a microphone for acquiring an external sound may be disposed therein, and in some embodiments, a plurality of microphones may be disposed to detect the direction of the sound.
  • the speaker holes 145a and 145b and the microphone holes 147a and 147b may be implemented as a single hole, or a speaker may be included without the speaker holes 145a and 145b.
  • the speaker hole indicated by the reference number "145b” is disposed in the first structure 101 and can be used as a receiver hole for a voice call, and the speaker hole indicated by the reference number "145a” (eg, an external speaker hole) , or the microphone holes 147a and 147b may be disposed in the second structure 102 (eg, one of the sidewalls 123a, 123b, and 123c).
  • the camera module 149 is provided in the second structure 102 and may photograph a subject in a direction opposite to the first area A1 of the display 103 .
  • the electronic device 100 may include a plurality of camera modules 149 .
  • the electronic device 100 may include a wide-angle camera, a telephoto camera, or a close-up camera, and according to an embodiment, may measure a distance to a subject by including an infrared projector and/or an infrared receiver.
  • the camera module 149 may include one or more lenses, an image sensor, and/or an image signal processor.
  • the electronic device 100 may further include a camera module (eg, a front camera) for photographing a subject in the same direction as the first area A1 of the display 103 .
  • the front camera may be disposed around the first area A1 or in an area overlapping the display 103 , and when disposed in an area overlapping the display 103 , transmits the display 103 to You can take a picture of a subject.
  • an indicator (not shown) of the electronic device 100 may be disposed on the first structure 101 or the second structure 102 , and includes a light emitting diode to provide state information of the electronic device 100 .
  • a sensor module (not shown) of the electronic device 100 may generate an electrical signal or data value corresponding to an internal operating state of the electronic device 100 or an external environmental state.
  • the sensor module may include, for example, a proximity sensor, a fingerprint sensor, or a biometric sensor (eg, an iris/face recognition sensor or an HRM sensor).
  • a sensor module eg, at least one of a gesture sensor, a gyro sensor, a barometric pressure sensor, a magnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, a grip sensor, a color sensor, an IR (infrared) sensor, a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, or an illuminance sensor It may include one more.
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view illustrating an electronic device (eg, the electronic device 100 of FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 ) according to various embodiments disclosed herein.
  • an electronic device eg, the electronic device 100 of FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 .
  • the first structure 101 includes a first plate 111a (eg, a slide plate), a first bracket 111b and/or a second bracket 111c mounted on the first plate 111a.
  • the first structure 101 for example, the first plate 111a, the first bracket 111b, and/or the second bracket 111c may be formed of a metallic material and/or a non-metallic (eg, polymer) material. have.
  • the first plate 111a is mounted on the second structure 102 (eg, a housing) and can reciprocate linearly in one direction (eg, the direction of arrow 1 in FIG. 1 ) while being guided by the second structure 102 . .
  • the first bracket 111b may be coupled to the first plate 111a to form the first surface F1 of the first structure 101 together with the first plate 111a.
  • the first area A1 of the display 103 may be substantially mounted on the first surface F1 to maintain a flat panel shape.
  • the second bracket 111c may be coupled to the first plate 111a to form the second surface F2 of the first structure 101 together with the first plate 111a.
  • the first bracket 111b and/or the second bracket 111c may be integrally formed with the first plate 111a. This may be appropriately designed in consideration of the assembly structure or manufacturing process of the manufactured product.
  • the first structure 101 or the first plate 111a may be coupled to the second structure 102 to slide with respect to the second structure 102 .
  • the multi-joint hinge structure 113 may include a plurality of rods extending in a straight line and disposed parallel to the rotation axis R of the roller 151, and the plurality of rods may include a rotation axis ( In a direction perpendicular to R), for example, the first structure 101 may be arranged along a sliding direction.
  • the articulated hinge structure 113 is connected to one end of the first structure 101 , so that it can move with respect to the second structure 102 according to the sliding movement of the first structure 101 . For example, in a closed state (eg, the state shown in FIG.
  • the articulated hinge structure 113 may be substantially accommodated inside the second structure 102 , and in an open state (eg, shown in FIG. 3 ) state) may be extracted to the outside of the second structure 102 (may be extracted). In some embodiments, even in a closed state, a portion of the articulated hinge structure 113 may not be accommodated inside the second structure 102 . For example, even in a closed state, a portion of the articulated hinge structure 113 may be positioned to correspond to the roller 151 outside the second structure 102 .
  • the rods of the multi-joint hinge structure 113 may rotate around other adjacent rods while maintaining a parallel state with the other adjacent rods. Accordingly, according to the sliding movement of the first structure 101, the multi-joint hinge structure 113 forms a curved surface at the portion facing the roller 151, and forms a flat surface at the portion facing the roller 151.
  • the second area A2 of the display 103 is mounted or supported on the articulated hinge structure 113 , and in an open state (eg, the state shown in FIG. 2 ), the second area A2 and the first area A1 Together, they may be visually exposed to the outside of the second structure 102 . In a state in which the second area A2 is visually exposed to the outside of the second structure 102 , the articulated hinge structure 113 substantially forms a plane to support or maintain the second area A2 in a flat state.
  • the second structure 102 may include a second plate 121a (eg, a rear case), a rear plate 121b, a third plate 121c (eg, a front case), A printed circuit board 121d may be included.
  • the electronic device 100 may further include a support member (not shown). The support member may, for example, separate a space or space in which a portion of the display 103 is accommodated and a space in which the printed circuit board 121d is disposed.
  • the second plate 121a for example, the rear case may be disposed in a direction opposite to the first surface F1 of the first plate 111a, and may be substantially disposed in the second structure 102 or the electronic device ( 100) can be provided.
  • the second structure 102 is formed to be substantially perpendicular to the first sidewall 123a while extending from the first sidewall 123a and the second plate 121a extending from the second plate 121a.
  • the second sidewall 123b and the third sidewall 123c extending from the second plate 121a and being substantially perpendicular to the first sidewall 123a and parallel to the second sidewall 123b may be included.
  • the structure in which the second sidewall 123b and the third sidewall 123c are manufactured as separate parts from the second plate 121a and mounted or assembled to the second plate 121a is exemplified. 2 It may be formed integrally with the plate (121a).
  • the rear plate 121b may be coupled to the outer surface of the second plate 121a, and may be manufactured integrally with the second plate 121a according to embodiments.
  • the second plate 121a may be made of a metal or polymer material
  • the rear plate 121b is made of a material such as metal, glass, synthetic resin, or ceramic to decorate the exterior of the electronic device 100 . effect can be provided.
  • the second plate 121a and/or the rear plate 121b may be made of a material that transmits light at least partially (eg, the auxiliary display area A3).
  • the display 103 in a state in which a portion of the display 103 (eg, the second area A2 ) is accommodated inside the second structure 102 , at least a portion of the second area A2 is the auxiliary display area A3 . ) can be positioned corresponding to For example, in the state accommodated inside the second structure 102 , the display 103 may output a screen using at least a portion of the second area A2 , and the user may select the auxiliary display area A3 . You can recognize the screen output through the
  • the third plate 121c is made of a metal or a polymer material, and the second plate 121a (eg, a rear case), the first sidewall 123a, the second sidewall 123b, and/or It may be combined with the third sidewall 123c to form an inner space of the second structure 102 .
  • the third plate 121c may be referred to as a “front case”, and the first structure 101 , for example, the first plate 111a may substantially face the third plate 121c. You can slide to the state.
  • the first sidewall 123a includes a first sidewall portion 123a-1 extending from the second plate 121a, and a second sidewall portion 123a- formed on one edge of the third plate 121c. 2) can be formed in combination.
  • the first sidewall part 123a-1 may be coupled to surround one edge of the third plate 121c, for example, the second sidewall part 123a-2, and in this case, the first sidewall part (123a-1) itself may form the first sidewall 123a.
  • a support member (not shown) may be disposed in the space between the second plate 121a and the third plate 121c, and may have a flat plate shape made of a metal or polymer material.
  • the support member may provide an electromagnetic shielding structure in the inner space of the second structure 102 or may improve mechanical rigidity of the second structure 102 .
  • the articulated hinge structure 113 and/or a partial area (eg, the second area A2 ) of the display 103 is formed by the second plate ( 121a) and the support member.
  • the printed circuit board 121d may be disposed in a space between the third plate 121c and the support member. For example, by a support member (not shown), the printed circuit board 121d is separated from the space in which a portion of the articulated hinge structure 113 and/or the display 103 is accommodated inside the second structure 102 . space can be accommodated.
  • a processor, a memory, and/or an interface may be mounted on the printed circuit board 121d.
  • the processor may include, for example, one or more of a central processing unit, an application processor, a graphics processing unit, an image signal processor, a sensor hub processor, or a communication processor.
  • Memory may include, for example, volatile memory or non-volatile memory.
  • the interface may include, for example, a high definition multimedia interface (HDMI), a universal serial bus (USB) interface, an SD card interface, and/or an audio interface.
  • HDMI high definition multimedia interface
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the interface may, for example, electrically or physically connect the electronic device 100 to an external electronic device, and may include a USB connector, an SD card/MMC connector, or an audio connector.
  • the display 103 is a flexible display based on an organic light emitting diode, and may be at least partially deformed into a curved shape while being generally maintained in a flat shape.
  • the first area A1 of the display 103 may be mounted or attached to the first surface F1 of the first structure 101 to maintain a substantially flat plate shape.
  • the second area A2 may extend from the first area A1 and may be supported or attached to the multi-joint hinge structure 113 .
  • the second region A2 extends along the sliding movement direction of the first structure 101 , and may be accommodated in the second structure 102 together with the articulated hinge structure 113 , and may be accommodated in the articulated hinge. According to the deformation of the structure 113, it may be deformed to at least partially form a curved shape.
  • the area of the display 103 visually exposed to the outside may vary.
  • the electronic device 100 eg, a processor
  • the electronic device 100 may inactivate the entire area of the display 103 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display Visual information may be provided through the auxiliary display area A3 by activating some areas.
  • substantially the entire area (eg, the first area A1 and the second area A2 ) of the display 103 is visually visible to the outside. may be exposed, and the first area A1 and the second area A2 may be disposed to form a plane.
  • a portion (eg, one end) of the second area A2 may be positioned to correspond to the roller 151 , and may be positioned on the roller 151 in the second area A2 . The corresponding portion may be maintained in a curved shape.
  • the articulated hinge structure 113 is and/or a portion of the second area A2 may be located outside the second structure 102 .
  • the guide member for example, the roller 151 is positioned adjacent to one edge of the second structure 102 (eg, the second plate 121a) to the second structure 102 . It can be mounted rotatably.
  • the roller 151 may be disposed adjacent to an edge of the second plate 121a parallel to the first sidewall 123a (eg, a portion indicated by reference number 'IE').
  • another sidewall may extend from the edge of the second plate 121a adjacent to the roller 151, and the sidewall adjacent to the roller 151 may be formed from the first sidewall 123a and may be substantially parallel.
  • the sidewall of the second structure 102 adjacent to the roller 151 may be made of a material that transmits light, and a portion of the second area A2 is accommodated in the second structure 102 . It is possible to provide visual information through a portion of the second structure 102 . “Can be arranged adjacently” may mean that they are arranged spaced apart within 5 mm.
  • the roller 151 may be disposed to be spaced apart from the edge of the second plate 121a parallel to the first sidewall 123a (eg, a portion indicated by reference number 'IE') by within 5 mm.
  • one end of the roller 151 may be rotatably coupled to the second sidewall 123b, and the other end may be rotatably coupled to the third sidewall 123c.
  • the roller 151 is mounted on the second structure 102, and the rotation axis R perpendicular to the sliding movement direction of the first structure 101 (eg, the direction of arrow 1 in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2). can be rotated around
  • the rotation axis R is disposed substantially parallel to the first sidewall 123a and may be located far from the first sidewall 123a, for example, at one edge of the second plate 121a.
  • the gap formed between the outer circumferential surface of the roller 151 and the inner surface of the edge of the second plate 121a is the multi-joint hinge structure 113 or the display 103 entering the interior of the second structure 102 . entrance can be formed.
  • the roller 151 when the display 103 is deformed into a curved shape, the roller 151 maintains a radius of curvature of the display 103 to a certain degree, thereby suppressing excessive deformation of the display 103 .
  • the term “excessive deformation” may mean being deformed to have an excessively small radius of curvature to the extent that a node or signal wiring included in the display 103 is damaged.
  • the display 103 may be moved or deformed while being guided by the roller 151 , and may be protected from damage due to excessive deformation.
  • the roller 151 may rotate while the articulated hinge structure 113 or the display 103 is inserted into or taken out of the second structure 102 .
  • the roller 151 by rotating the roller 151, friction between the articulated hinge structure 113 (or the display 103) and the second structure 102 is suppressed or prevented, and the articulated hinge structure 113 (or the display) 103)) may facilitate the insertion / extraction operation of the second structure 102 .
  • the electronic device 100 may further include a guide rail 155(s) and/or an actuating member 157(s).
  • the guide rails 155(s) are mounted on the second structure 102 , for example, the third plate 121c to slide the first structure 101 (eg, the first plate 111a or slide plate). can guide you on the move.
  • the driving member 157(s) may include a spring or a spring module that provides an elastic force in a direction to move both ends thereof away from each other, and one end of the driving member 157(s) is connected to the second structure 102 . may be rotatably supported on the , and the other end may be rotatably supported on the first structure 101 .
  • both ends of the driving member 157(s) are located closest to each other at any point between the closed state and the open state (hereinafter, 'closest point') )can do.
  • the drive member 157(s) provides an elastic force to the first structure 101 in a direction to move toward the closed state, and drives in the section between closest point and the open state.
  • the member 157(s) may provide an elastic force to the first structure 101 in a direction to move toward the open state.
  • the antenna structure 161 may be disposed on at least one of the first structure 101 and the second structure 102 , for example, the first structure 101 .
  • the antenna structure 161 may be selectively exposed to the outside space.
  • the antenna structure may be disposed between the first structure 101 and the second structure 102 in a closed state to be concealed, and may be exposed to an external space in an open state.
  • the antenna structure 161 may include a loop antenna consisting of an arrangement of an electrically conductive body, for example, an electrically conductive line, on a flat surface or a flat plate.
  • the antenna structure 161 may include a patch antenna, a monopole antenna, a dipole antenna, or an inverted F-antenna.
  • the antenna structure may be configured to perform, for example, at least one communication among proximity wireless communication, wireless power transmission/reception, and magnetic secure transmission (MST).
  • MST magnetic secure transmission
  • wireless communication performed through the antenna structure 161 is not limited thereto.
  • the electronic device 100 may use the antenna structure 161 to provide a mobile or cellular communication network, a local area network (LAN), a wireless local area network (WLAN), and a wide area network (WLAN). It can connect to an area network (WAN), the Internet, and a small area network (SAN).
  • LAN local area network
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • WLAN wide area network
  • SAN small area network
  • the antenna structure 161 provides a first antenna 161a for magnetic secure transmission (MST), near field communication and/or wireless power transmission.
  • MST magnetic secure transmission
  • the antenna structure 161 may include a second antenna 161b for
  • the first antenna 161a may be configured to perform proximity wireless communication and/or wireless charging, and the second antenna 161b may be utilized for magnetic secure transmission.
  • the antenna structure 161 for example, the first antenna 161a and/or the second antenna 161b may be provided on the attachment sheet 163 to be disposed on the first structure 101 . have.
  • the attachment sheet 163 may be disposed on the first structure 101 (eg, the second surface A2 ). )) can be attached.
  • the antenna structure 161 may be disposed to substantially overlap the first area A1.
  • the first antenna 161a and the second antenna 161b are illustrated in FIG. 2 , in an actual product, the antenna structure 161 may be hidden so as not to be exposed to the naked eye of the user.
  • the electronic device eg, the electronic device 100 of FIGS. 2 to 4
  • the electronic device may be implemented by selectively combining configurations of different embodiments, and the configuration of one embodiment may be different from that of another embodiment. It can be replaced by configuration.
  • the present invention is not limited to specific drawings or embodiments.
  • Operations of the electronic device 100 described below may be performed by a processor included in the electronic device 100 . However, for convenience of description, it will be assumed that the subject of the operations is the electronic device 100 .
  • 5A is a view for explaining an electronic device in which a conductor is disposed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • an electronic device may include a housing 510 (eg, the second structure of FIG. 2 ). 102 ), a conductor 520 , and a flexible display 530 (eg, the display module 1060 of FIG. 1 or the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2 ).
  • the electronic device further includes a PCB substrate including a configuration such as a processor (eg, the processor 1020 of FIG. 1 ) and a memory (eg, the memory 1030 of FIG. 1 ) in the housing 510 ).
  • a processor eg, the processor 1020 of FIG. 1
  • a memory eg, the memory 1030 of FIG. 1
  • a configuration for touch sensing may be included in the flexible display 530 and a layer for touch sensing may be included separately.
  • the flexible display 530 includes an area 531 exposed to the outside of the housing 510 and an area (eg, a hidden area) that is disposed inside the housing 510 and is not visually exposed to the outside. ) may be included.
  • the conductor 520 is disposed inside the housing 510 and may be disposed to be spaced apart from the flexible display 530 .
  • the conductor 520 may not be in contact with the flexible display 530 , but a hovering input may be located at a detectable distance by the flexible display 530 .
  • the hovering input is an input operation distinct from a touch input in contact with the flexible display 530 , and may mean sensing a conductor that does not come into contact with the flexible display 530 but is located within a set distance as an input operation.
  • the conductor 520 may be disposed at a boundary of the housing 510 through which the flexible display 530 is exposed to the outside from the inside of the housing 510 .
  • the present invention is not limited thereto, and the conductor 520 may be disposed inside the housing 510 at a position where a hovering input is possible to the flexible display 530 .
  • the conductor 520 is disposed above the flexible display 530 in FIG. 5A , the present invention is not limited thereto, and the conductor 520 may be disposed below the flexible display 530 .
  • the conductor 520 may detect the flexible display 530 disposed on the front side of the electronic device, but a work inside the housing 510 to detect a rolled portion of the flexible display 530 . It may be disposed on the side or to detect the flexible display 530 disposed on the back side of the electronic device.
  • a compensation value related to the distance between the boundary of the housing 510 and the conductor 520 is stored in a memory (eg, in FIG. 1), and the processor (eg, the processor 1020 of FIG. 1 ) may check the exposed area of the flexible display 530 by further considering the compensation value.
  • 5B is a view for explaining an electronic device in which a conductor is disposed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • an electronic device eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 or the electronic device 100 of FIG. 2
  • a conductor 520-1 of may be disposed, and the conductor 520-1 may be disposed above the housing 510 to perform a hovering input on the flexible display 530 .
  • one conductor 520-1 may be disposed on the lower side, the middle, or any part of the housing 510 .
  • two or more conductors 520 - 2 or two or more may be disposed inside the housing 510 as shown in FIG. 5B ( b ).
  • conductors 520-1 and 520-2 are illustrated as having a dot shape in FIG. 5B, they may also have a bar shape according to various embodiments.
  • FIG. 6 is a view for explaining a method of operating an electronic device according to various embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the electronic device eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 , the processor 1020 , or the electronic device 100 of FIG. 2
  • displays a flexible display eg, the display module of FIG. 1
  • the touch sensitivity of the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2 or the flexible display 530 of FIG. 5 may be changed from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity.
  • the exposed area of the flexible display when the exposed area of the flexible display is released from the lock screen (or sleep mode), when the power is newly turned on, when a trigger for a sliding operation is performed, or periodically, the current exposure
  • the touch sensitivity of the flexible display may be changed from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity in order to check the area.
  • the electronic device may change the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity by lowering a threshold value related to a touch input of the entire area of the flexible display.
  • the threshold value is a value for determining whether a specific type of input (eg, a touch input or a hovering input) is detected. It can be determined that this has been detected.
  • the touch sensitivity may change. For example, a relatively high touch sensitivity may mean that it is determined that a specific type of input has been generated even though the magnitude detected by the specific type of input is relatively low based on a relatively low threshold value.
  • the threshold value related to the touch input is related to the capacitance of the touch panel included in the flexible display, and may be a value determined based on the amount of change in the capacitance with respect to the reference value of the capacitance in the absence of the touch input. have.
  • the threshold value corresponding to the first sensitivity may be greater than the threshold value of the second sensitivity. Accordingly, a hovering input that is not confirmed as an input at the first sensitivity may be identified as an input at the second sensitivity.
  • an electronic device may include a flexible display (eg, the electronic device 100 of FIG. 1 ).
  • the touch sensitivity of the entire area 710 of the display module 1060 , the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2 , or the flexible display 530 of FIG. 5 may be changed from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity. Accordingly, the electronic device may detect a hovering input by the conductor 520 .
  • the electronic device may display a user interface screen for preventing a touch input to the exposed area of the flexible display on the exposed area of the flexible display while the touch sensitivity of the entire area of the flexible display is changed to the second sensitivity.
  • the electronic device may display a message 720 such as “I am trying to determine the current size of the display. Please do not touch it for a moment” on the exposed area of the flexible display.
  • other phrases indicating do not touch the text of the message 720 may be displayed together with the message 720 display or by replacing the message 720 display with voice output, highlight display, and vibration. Feedback may be provided. Accordingly, an inaccurate hovering input due to a touch input in an exposed area of the flexible display may be prevented.
  • control based on the touch input may not be performed in the electronic device while the touch sensitivity of the entire area of the flexible display is changed to the second sensitivity.
  • the electronic device may identify coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input is sensed. For example, the electronic device may check the coordinates (eg, x-coordinate, y-coordinate) of at least one node of the flexible display in which the hovering input is sensed in the entire area of the flexible display.
  • the node may be a unit for determining a position set based on an electrode of a touch panel included in the flexible display, and the name thereof is not limited.
  • an axis parallel to the sliding direction of the flexible display may be set as the x-axis direction, and an axis orthogonal to the sliding direction may be set as the y-axis direction, or vice versa.
  • a sensor eg, the sensor module 1076 of FIG. 1
  • Hall IC for detecting expansion or contraction of the flexible display
  • the exposed area of the flexible display can be checked, so the electronic device omits operations 610 and 620, and displays the exposed area of the flexible display.
  • a region other than the region may be changed to the second sensitivity.
  • the electronic device may change the touch sensitivity of the exposed area of the flexible display from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity based on the coordinates. For example, the electronic device may check the currently exposed area of the flexible display based on the coordinates at which the hovering input by the conductor is sensed, and change the touch sensitivity of the exposed area of the flexible display from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity.
  • the electronic device in the electronic device, at least a portion of a hidden area inside a housing (eg, the second structure 102 of FIG. 2 or the housing 510 of FIG. 5 ) that is an area other than the exposed area of the flexible display may be touched.
  • the sensitivity may be maintained at the second sensitivity.
  • the electronic device may detect a hovering input by maintaining the touch sensitivity as the second sensitivity in the region including the region closest to the conductor among the hidden regions.
  • the electronic device may check the exposed area of the flexible display in real time and lower the touch sensitivity of the checked exposed area in real time.
  • the sliding operation of the flexible display may be performed by an automatic operation of driving a roller (eg, the roller 151 of FIG. 2 ) as a motor or a manual operation by a user operation.
  • the electronic device checks a change in coordinates of the flexible display in which a hovering input is sensed in real time according to a sliding operation of the flexible display, and based on the change in the coordinates, the touch sensitivity of the flexible display changes from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity You can change the area to be changed in real time.
  • the electronic device may check an exposed area in real time based on a coordinate value that is changed according to a sliding operation, and may decrease touch sensitivity by increasing a threshold value related to a touch input of the exposed area.
  • FIGS. 8A and 8B For example, among flexible displays, an embodiment in which the entire hidden region inside the housing is maintained at the second sensitivity will be described with reference to FIGS. 8A and 8B , and an embodiment in which only a part of the hidden region is maintained at the second sensitivity is illustrated in FIG. 9A . and with reference to FIG. 9B.
  • the electronic device when the exposed area of the flexible display is changed to the lock screen, the electronic device maintains the touch sensitivity of at least a portion of the hidden area other than the exposed area of the flexible display as the second sensitivity to provide a second sensitivity. It is possible to detect a hovering input by For example, the lock screen may be in a disabled state where no power is supplied to the exposed area and thus no touch input is detected, and touch input is detected based on the user's power button operation, but with minimal information set (e.g. time , date, weather, and notifications) may be in an always on display (AOD) state. Due to this, the exposed area of the flexible display can be checked in real time even when the flexible display is expanded or reduced while the user is not using the electronic device.
  • AOD always on display
  • the electronic device checks the size of the exposed area of the flexible display based on the coordinates at which the hovering input by the conductor is sensed.
  • the electronic device The touch sensitivity of the exposed area may be changed to the first sensitivity, and the touch sensitivity of the area other than the target exposed area may be changed to the second sensitivity.
  • the electronic device identifies a target exposed area corresponding to the size of the content to be displayed, changes the touch sensitivity of the target exposed area to the first sensitivity, and sets the touch sensitivity of an area other than the target exposed area to the second sensitivity. You can also change it.
  • the electronic device may determine an expansion sliding operation or a reduction sliding operation of the flexible display based on the currently exposed area and the target exposed area of the flexible display.
  • the electronic device may complete the sliding operation when whether or not a hovering input is made by a conductor changes while the sliding operation of the flexible display is automatically or manually performed. For example, when the electronic device performs an extended sliding operation of the flexible display to expose a target exposed area, if a hovering input by a conductor is sensed, the electronic device may complete the extended sliding operation. This will be described with reference to FIGS. 10A and 10B. As another embodiment, when performing a reduction sliding operation of the flexible display to expose a target exposure area, if a hovering input by a conductor is not detected, the electronic device may complete the reduction sliding operation. This will be described with reference to FIGS. 11A and 11B .
  • FIG. 8A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display in a reduced state according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 8A shows the entire area of a flexible display (eg, the display module 1060 of FIG. 1 , the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2 , or the flexible display 530 of FIG. 5 ) as shown in FIG. 7A .
  • An operation after a hovering input by the conductor 520 is sensed is shown in a state in which the touch sensitivity of is increased.
  • an electronic device eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 , the processor 1020 , or the electronic device 100 of FIG. 2
  • a flexible display eg, the electronic device 100 of FIG. 1
  • the coordinates 810 at which the hovering input is detected by the conductor 520 on the flexible display are checked.
  • the coordinates 810 at which the hovering input is sensed are shown as the boundary area between the inside and the outside of the housing (eg, the second structure 102 of FIG. 2 or the housing 510 of FIG. 5 ).
  • the coordinates 810 at which the hovering input is sensed may be the coordinates of at least one node of the flexible display closest to the conductor 520.
  • the exposed area 820 of the flexible display is a conductor It may be confirmed by considering the area between the coordinates of at least one node of the flexible display closest to 520 and the boundary of the housing.
  • the electronic device may identify the exposed area 820 of the flexible display and the hidden area 830 of the flexible display in the housing based on the coordinates 810 at which the hovering input is sensed.
  • the electronic device lowers the touch sensitivity of the exposed region 820 of the flexible display from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity, and maintains the touch sensitivity of the entire hidden region 830 of the flexible display at the second sensitivity.
  • FIG. 8B is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display in a state in which the flexible display is being expanded according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • the node of the identified coordinates 810 in the reduced state of the flexible display moves in the expansion direction of the flexible display and , the coordinates 811 of the node at which the hovering input is sensed by the conductor 520 may be moved in a direction opposite to the expansion direction of the flexible display.
  • the previously confirmed coordinates 810 shown in FIG. 8B are merely displayed to explain that the coordinates at which the hovering input is sensed are changed based on the extended sliding operation.
  • the electronic device may check the coordinates 811 at which the hovering input is sensed by the conductor 520 in real time according to the extended sliding operation of the flexible display.
  • the electronic device may display an exposed area 821 of the flexible display and a hidden area 831 of the flexible display within the housing based on the coordinates 811 at which the hovering input is confirmed while the flexible display is in an extended sliding operation. )can confirm.
  • the electronic device lowers the touch sensitivity of the exposed region 821 from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity in a state in which the flexible display is expanding, and increases the touch sensitivity of the entire hidden region 831 of the flexible display.
  • the second sensitivity can be maintained.
  • the electronic device may lower the touch sensitivity of a region between the coordinates 810 where the hovering input is sensed in the reduced state and the coordinates 811 where the hovering input is sensed in the expanded state.
  • the electronic device checks the coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input by the conductor 520 is sensed in the state where the expansion is completed, and based on the confirmed coordinates, the flexible display is displayed. You can check the exposed area.
  • the expansion sliding operation of the flexible display is illustrated in FIGS. 8A and 8B , it may also be applied to the reduction sliding operation of the flexible display.
  • the electronic device increases the touch sensitivity of the entire area of the flexible display to check the currently exposed area, lowers the touch sensitivity of the exposed area, and then according to the shrinking sliding operation of the flexible display It is possible to increase the touch sensitivity of the area entering the housing.
  • FIG. 9A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display in a reduced state according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 9A shows the touch sensitivity of the entire area of the flexible display (eg, the display module 1060 of FIG. 1 , the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2 , or the flexible display 530 of FIG. 5 ) as shown in FIG. 7A . It shows an operation after a hovering input by the conductor 520 is sensed in a raised state.
  • an electronic device eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 , the processor 1020 , or the electronic device 100 of FIG. 2
  • a flexible display eg, the electronic device 100 of FIG. 1
  • the display module 1060, the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2, or the flexible display 530 of FIG. 5 is reduced, the coordinates 910 at which the hovering input is detected by the conductor 520 on the flexible display are checked.
  • the coordinates 910 at which the hovering input is sensed are shown as the boundary area between the inside and the outside of the housing (eg, the second structure 102 in FIG. 2 or the housing 510 in FIG. 5).
  • the coordinates 910 at which the hovering input is sensed may be the coordinates of at least one node of the flexible display closest to the conductor 520.
  • the exposed area 920 of the flexible display is a conductor It may be confirmed by considering the area between the coordinates of at least one node of the flexible display closest to 520 and the boundary of the housing.
  • the electronic device may identify the exposed area 920 of the flexible display and the hidden area of the flexible display in the housing based on the coordinates 910 where the hovering input is sensed.
  • the electronic device lowers the touch sensitivity of the exposed region 920 of the flexible display from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity, and increases the touch sensitivity of the partial region 930 of the hidden region of the flexible display to the second sensitivity.
  • a partial area 930 of the hidden area may be an area having a size set based on the coordinates 910 at which the hovering input is sensed.
  • the electronic device may inactivate an area other than a partial area 930 of the hidden area of the flexible display.
  • 9B is a view for explaining the touch sensitivity of the flexible display in a state in which the flexible display is being expanded according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • the node of the identified coordinates 910 in the reduced state of the flexible display moves in the expansion direction of the flexible display and , coordinates 911 of a node at which a hovering input is sensed by the conductor 520 may be moved in a direction opposite to the expansion direction of the flexible display.
  • the previously confirmed coordinates 910 shown in FIG. 9B are only displayed to explain that the coordinates at which the hovering input is sensed are changed based on the extended sliding operation.
  • the electronic device may check the coordinates 911 at which a hovering input is sensed by the conductor 520 in real time according to an extended sliding operation of the flexible display.
  • the electronic device may check the exposed area 921 of the flexible display and the hidden area of the flexible display in the housing based on the coordinate 911 at which the hovering input is confirmed in the extended sliding operation of the flexible display.
  • the electronic device lowers the touch sensitivity of the exposed region 921 from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity in a state in which the flexible display is being expanded, and touches the partial region 931 of the hidden region of the flexible display.
  • the sensitivity may be maintained at the second sensitivity.
  • the electronic device may lower the touch sensitivity of a region between the coordinates 910 where the hovering input is sensed in the reduced state and the coordinates 911 where the hovering input is sensed in the expanded state.
  • the electronic device maintains, as the second sensitivity, the touch sensitivity of the partial region 931 among the hidden regions identified based on the coordinates 911 for which the hovering input is confirmed in a state in which the flexible display is in an extended sliding operation.
  • the partial area 931 of the hidden area may be an area having a size set based on the coordinate 911 at which the hovering input is sensed.
  • the electronic device may inactivate an area other than a partial area 931 of the hidden area of the flexible display.
  • the electronic device checks the coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input by the conductor 520 is sensed in the state where the expansion is completed, and based on the confirmed coordinates, the flexible display is displayed. You can check the exposed area.
  • FIGS. 9A and 9B only the expansion sliding operation of the flexible display is illustrated, but it may also be applied to the reduction sliding operation of the flexible display.
  • the electronic device increases the touch sensitivity of the entire area of the flexible display to check the currently exposed area, lowers the touch sensitivity of the exposed area, and then according to the shrinking sliding operation of the flexible display It is possible to increase the touch sensitivity of the area entering the housing.
  • FIG. 10A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display when an extended sliding operation is performed to expose a target exposure area of the flexible display according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 10A shows a flexible display (eg, the display module 1060 of FIG. 1 , the flexible display of FIG. 2 ) based on the coordinates where the hovering input by the conductor 520 is sensed as shown in FIG. 8A 103) or an operation after determining that the currently exposed area of the flexible display 530 of FIG. 5 is checked and the expansion sliding operation is determined to expose the target exposed area is shown.
  • an electronic device eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 , the processor 1020 , or the electronic device 100 of FIG. 2
  • a target exposed area 1010 of the flexible display may be set as the first sensitivity.
  • the inside of the housing eg, the second structure 102 of FIG. 2 or the housing 510 of FIG. 5
  • Only an area included in the target exposure area 1010 among the hidden areas of the flexible display may be additionally changed to the first sensitivity.
  • the electronic device may change the target exposure area 1010 to the first sensitivity while the entire area of the flexible display has the second sensitivity. According to various embodiments, the electronic device may maintain the area 1020 other than the target exposure area 1010 of the flexible display as the second sensitivity. As shown in FIG. 10A , as the touch sensitivity of some of the hidden regions is lowered to the first sensitivity, a hovering input by the conductor 520 is sensed until all of the target exposed regions 1010 are exposed through an extended sliding operation. can't be
  • 10B is a view for explaining an embodiment in which an extended sliding operation of a flexible display is completed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • the electronic device does not detect a hovering input by the conductor 520 even in an extended sliding operation of the flexible display, but returns to the second sensitivity as shown in FIG. 10B .
  • the area other than the maintained area 1020 is close to the conductor 520 and the coordinates 1030 at which the hovering input by the conductor 520 is detected is confirmed, it is determined that the target exposed area 1010 of the flexible display is all exposed, , the expansion sliding operation can be completed.
  • FIG. 11A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display when a reduction sliding operation is performed to expose a target exposure area of the flexible display according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;
  • FIG. 11A shows a flexible display (eg, the display module 1060 of FIG. 1 , the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 shows an operation after confirming the currently exposed area of the flexible display 530 , and determining to perform a reduction sliding operation to expose the target exposed area.
  • a flexible display eg, the display module 1060 of FIG. 1 , the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 shows an operation after confirming the currently exposed area of the flexible display 530 , and determining to perform a reduction sliding operation to expose the target exposed area.
  • an electronic device may include a target exposed area 1120 of the flexible display.
  • a target exposed area 1120 of the flexible display may be set as the first sensitivity.
  • the electronic device may change only the currently exposed area, which is not included in the target exposure area 1120, back to the second sensitivity. have.
  • the electronic device may change the target exposure area 1120 to the first sensitivity while the entire area of the flexible display has the second sensitivity.
  • the touch sensitivity is the second sensitivity
  • the housing eg, the second structure 102 of FIG. 2 or the housing ( 510) of the hidden region and the exposed region may be included.
  • the hovering input by the conductor 520 is performed in real time until only the target exposed area 1120 is exposed through the reduction sliding operation. can be detected.
  • 11B is a view for explaining an embodiment in which a reduction/sliding operation of the flexible display is completed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure
  • the node of the coordinates 1110 at which the hovering input is sensed in FIG. 11A moves into the housing according to the shrinking sliding operation of the flexible display, and the electronic device detects the hovering input by the conductor 520 .
  • the electronic device detects the hovering input by the conductor 520 . While checking the coordinates in real time, as shown in FIG. 11B , when the target exposed area 1120 with the first sensitivity is close to the conductor 520 and the coordinates 1111 at which the hovering input by the conductor 520 is not detected is confirmed , It is determined that only the target exposed area 1120 of the flexible display is exposed, and the reduction sliding operation can be completed.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an embodiment of a user interface screen provided to a user when the flexible display has a touch sensitivity as shown in FIG. 11A.
  • the electronic device may include a flexible display (eg, the display module of FIG. 1 ) as shown in FIG. 11A . (1060), when the touch sensitivity of some of the exposed regions of the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2 or the flexible display 530 of FIG. 5) is high, a user interface screen for notifying the user may be provided, yes For example, as shown in FIG. 12 , a highlight 1210 may be displayed in an area with high touch sensitivity, or a message indicating that a touch input should not be performed on an area with high touch sensitivity may be displayed.
  • the electronic device may provide feedback such as voice output or vibration together with or in place of the user interface screen.
  • the electronic device includes a housing, a conductor disposed inside the housing, a flexible display at least partially exposed through the housing, and at least one processor operatively connected to the flexible display, and the The at least one processor changes the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to a second sensitivity higher than the first sensitivity, and when a hovering input by the conductor is sensed on the flexible display, the hovering input is sensed coordinates of the flexible display may be checked, and a touch sensitivity of an exposed area of the flexible display may be changed from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity based on the coordinates.
  • the at least one processor may check, in real time, a change in coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input is sensed according to a sliding operation of the flexible display, and based on the change of the coordinates, the flexible display A region in which the middle touch sensitivity is changed from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity may be changed in real time.
  • the at least one processor sends a message for preventing a touch input to the exposed area of the flexible display while changing the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity.
  • the display may be displayed on an exposed area of the flexible display.
  • the at least one processor changes the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity by lowering a threshold value related to a touch input, and touches the exposed area of the flexible display.
  • the touch sensitivity of the exposed area may be changed from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity by increasing a threshold value related to an input.
  • the at least one processor may maintain the touch sensitivity of an area other than the exposed area of the flexible display as the second sensitivity.
  • the conductor may be disposed at a boundary of the housing through which the flexible display is exposed to the outside from the inside of the housing.
  • the at least one processor when the target exposure area of the flexible display is identified, changes the touch sensitivity of the target exposed area of the flexible display to the first sensitivity, and changes the touch sensitivity of the target exposed area of the flexible display to the first sensitivity.
  • the touch sensitivity of the region may be changed to the second sensitivity.
  • the extended sliding operation when the at least one processor performs the extended sliding operation of the flexible display to expose the target exposed area, when the hovering input by the conductor is sensed, the extended sliding operation may be completed. have.
  • the at least one processor when the at least one processor performs the reduction sliding operation of the flexible display to expose the target exposure area, if the hovering input by the conductor is not detected, the reduction sliding operation is completed.
  • the at least one processor may display a message for preventing a touch input to an area other than the target exposed area among the exposed areas of the flexible display.
  • a method for controlling an electronic device in which a conductor is disposed inside a housing includes changing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display from a first sensitivity to a second sensitivity higher than the first sensitivity;
  • an operation of checking coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input is sensed and a touch sensitivity of an exposed area of the flexible display based on the coordinates are determined from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity may include an operation to change to .
  • the touch sensitivity of the flexible display is determined by the second
  • the method may further include changing an area changed from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity in real time.
  • a message for preventing a touch input on the exposed region of the flexible display is displayed on the exposed region of the flexible display. It may further include an operation of displaying in .
  • the changing to the second sensitivity may include changing the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity by lowering a threshold value related to a touch input, and performing a touch in the exposed area.
  • the operation of changing the sensitivity from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity may include increasing a threshold value related to a touch input of an exposed region of the flexible display to change the touch sensitivity of the exposed region from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity. can be changed to
  • the method may further include maintaining the touch sensitivity of an area other than the exposed area of the flexible display as the second sensitivity.
  • the conductor may be disposed at a boundary of the housing through which the flexible display is exposed to the outside from the inside of the housing.
  • the touch sensitivity of the target exposure area of the flexible display is changed to the first sensitivity, and the touch sensitivity of an area other than the target exposure area is set as the second sensitivity. 2 may further include an operation of changing the sensitivity.
  • the method when performing the extended sliding operation of the flexible display to expose the target exposure area, may further include completing the extended sliding operation when a hovering input by the conductor is sensed.
  • the method when performing the reduction sliding operation of the flexible display to expose the target exposure area, the method may further include the operation of completing the reduction sliding operation if the hovering input by the conductor is not detected. .
  • the method may further include displaying a message for preventing a touch input to an area other than the target exposed area among the exposed areas of the flexible display.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

An electronic device, according to one embodiment, comprises: a housing; a conductor disposed inside the housing; a flexible display having at least a portion exposed to the outside through the housing; and at least one processor operatively coupled to the flexible display, wherein the at least one processor may change a touch sensitivity of the flexible display from a first sensitivity to a second sensitivity higher than the first sensitivity, check coordinates of the flexible display in which a hovering input is detected when the hovering input is detected, by means of the conductor, on the flexible display, and change a touch sensitivity of the exposed area of the flexible display from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity on the basis of the coordinates.

Description

í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ëĨŧ íŦ함하는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ 및 ė´ė˜ ė œė–´ 방법Electronic device including flexible display and control method thereof

ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆë“¤ė€, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ëĨŧ íŦ함하는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ 및 ė´ė˜ ė œė–´ ë°Šë˛•ė— 관한 ę˛ƒė´ë‹¤.Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to an electronic device including a flexible display and a control method thereof.

ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ėŠ¤ë§ˆíŠ¸í°ęŗŧ ę°™ė€ íœ´ëŒ€ėšŠ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëĨŧ í†ĩ해 렜ęŗĩ되는 ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė„œëš„ėŠ¤ 및 ëļ€ę°€ 기ëŠĨë“¤ė´ 렐밍 ėĻę°€í•˜ęŗ  ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ëŸŦ한 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ íš¨ėšŠ ę°€ėš˜ëĨŧ ë†’ė´ęŗ , ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‚ŦėšŠėžë“¤ė˜ ėš•ęĩŦëĨŧ ë§ŒėĄąė‹œí‚¤ę¸° ėœ„í•´ė„œ í†ĩė‹  ė„œëš„ėŠ¤ 렜ęŗĩėž 또는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ ė œėĄ°ė‚Ŧë“¤ė€ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ 기ëŠĨë“¤ė„ 렜ęŗĩí•˜ęŗ  다ëĨ¸ ė—…ė˛´ė™€ė˜ ė°¨ëŗ„í™”ëĨŧ ėœ„í•´ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëĨŧ ę˛Ŋ럁렁ėœŧ로 ę°œë°œí•˜ęŗ  ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëĨŧ í†ĩí•´ė„œ 렜ęŗĩ되는 ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ 기ëŠĨ들도 렐렐 ęŗ ë„í™”ë˜ęŗ  ėžˆë‹¤. Various services and additional functions provided through an electronic device, for example, a portable electronic device such as a smart phone, are gradually increasing. In order to increase the utility value of such electronic devices and satisfy the needs of various users, communication service providers or electronic device manufacturers are competitively developing electronic devices to provide various functions and differentiate them from other companies. Accordingly, various functions provided through the electronic device are also increasingly advanced.

ę¸°ėˆ ė˜ ë°œė „ė— 따ëŧ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ëĨŧ íŦ함하는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ”, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëĨŧ í˜•ė„ąí•˜ëŠ” ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧė´ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Šë˜ė–´ í™”ëŠ´ė˜ í‘œė‹œ ė˜ė—­ė˜ íŦ기가 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. With the development of technology, in an electronic device including a flexible display, a structure forming the electronic device may slide to change the size of the display area of the screen.

ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ í™”ëŠ´ė˜ í‘œė‹œ ė˜ė—­ė´ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ í†ĩ해 íŦ기가 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ되는 ę˛Ŋ뚰, 홀 ė„ŧė„œ(Hall IC)ëĨŧ ė´ėšŠí•˜ė—Ŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ íŦ기ëĨŧ í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆė—ˆë‹¤. When the size of the display area of the screen of the electronic device is changed through a sliding operation, the size of the flexible display can be checked using a Hall sensor (Hall IC).

ė´ ę˛Ŋ뚰, ë‹¤ëŸ‰ė˜ ë§ˆęˇ¸ë„ˇė´ í•˜ėš°ė§• 및 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė— ë°°ėš˜ë˜ė–´ė•ŧ하기 때ëŦ¸ė— ęŗĩ간 í™œėšŠ ëŠ´ė—ė„œ ëļˆëĻŦí•˜ęŗ , 마그넷ėœŧ로 ė¸í•œ ëļ€í’ˆė˜ ė„ąëŠĨė´ ė—´í™”ë˜ëŠ” ëŦ¸ė œę°€ ėžˆė—ˆë‹¤.In this case, since a large amount of magnets must be disposed in the housing and the flexible display, it is disadvantageous in terms of space utilization, and there is a problem in that the performance of the parts due to the magnet is deteriorated.

ė´ė— 따ëŧ, ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė—ė„œëŠ” í•˜ėš°ė§• 내ëļ€ė— ė „ë„ė˛´ëĨŧ ęĩŦëš„í•˜ęŗ , í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ ėĄ°ė ˆí•˜ė—Ŧ ëš„ė ‘ė´‰ė‹ėœŧ로 ė „ë„ė˛´ëĨŧ ę°ė§€í•˜ė—Ŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ íŦ기ëĨŧ í™•ė¸í•˜ëŠ” ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ 및 ė´ė˜ ė œė–´ ë°Šë˛•ė„ 렜ęŗĩí•˜ęŗ ėž 한다.Accordingly, the present disclosure intends to provide an electronic device including a conductor inside a housing, detecting the conductor in a non-contact manner by adjusting the touch sensitivity of the flexible display, and checking the size of the flexible display, and a control method thereof.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í•˜ėš°ė§•, 냁揰 í•˜ėš°ė§• 내ëļ€ė— ë°°ėš˜ëœ ė „ë„ė˛´, 냁揰 í•˜ėš°ė§•ė„ í†ĩ해 ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ę°€ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ 노ėļœë˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė™€ ėž‘ë™ė ėœŧ로 ė—°ę˛°ëœ ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëĨŧ íŦí•¨í•˜ęŗ , 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 ę°ë„ëŗ´ë‹¤ ë†’ė€ 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋí•˜ęŗ , 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ėƒė— 냁揰 ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ´, 냁揰 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ í™•ė¸í•˜ęŗ , 냁揰 ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, the electronic device includes a housing, a conductor disposed inside the housing, a flexible display at least partially exposed through the housing, and at least one processor operatively connected to the flexible display, and the The at least one processor changes the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to a second sensitivity higher than the first sensitivity, and when a hovering input by the conductor is sensed on the flexible display, the hovering input is sensed coordinates of the flexible display may be checked, and a touch sensitivity of an exposed area of the flexible display may be changed from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity based on the coordinates.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, í•˜ėš°ė§• 내ëļ€ė— ė „ë„ė˛´ę°€ ë°°ėš˜ëœ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ ė œė–´ ë°Šë˛•ė€, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 ę°ë„ëŗ´ë‹¤ ë†’ė€ 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ėž‘, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ėƒė— 냁揰 ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ´, 냁揰 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ í™•ė¸í•˜ëŠ” ë™ėž‘ 및 냁揰 ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ėž‘ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, a method for controlling an electronic device in which a conductor is disposed inside a housing includes changing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display from a first sensitivity to a second sensitivity higher than the first sensitivity; When a hovering input by a conductor is sensed, an operation of checking coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input is sensed and a touch sensitivity of an exposed area of the flexible display based on the coordinates are determined from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity may include an operation to change to .

ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ”, ë‹¤ëŸ‰ė˜ 마그넷 ëŒ€ė‹  ė „ë„ė˛´ë§Œėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•¨ė— 따ëŧ, ëļ€í’ˆė˜ ė„ąëŠĨ ė—´í™”ëĨŧ ë°Šė§€í•˜ęŗ  ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ 두ęģ˜ëĨŧ ė–‡ę˛Œ ėœ ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.The electronic device according to various embodiments of the present disclosure may prevent performance degradation of components and maintain a thin thickness of the electronic device by checking the exposed area of the flexible display using only a conductor instead of a large amount of magnets.

또한, ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ”, ëš„ė ‘ė´‰ ë°Šė‹ėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•¨ė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ė†ėƒė„ ë°Šė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.In addition, the electronic device according to various embodiments of the present disclosure may prevent damage to the flexible display by checking the exposed area of the flexible display in a non-contact manner.

또한, ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ”, 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도는 낮ėļ”ęŗ  ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•´ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ėˆ˜í–‰ë  ęĩŦ간만 í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ ë†’ėž„ė— 따ëŧ ė‚ŦėšŠėžė˜ í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩė—ë„ ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė˜ ė •í™•ė„ąė€ ėœ ė§€ë˜ëŠ” 효ęŗŧ가 ėžˆë‹¤.In addition, the electronic device according to various embodiments of the present disclosure lowers the touch sensitivity of the exposed area and increases the touch sensitivity only in the section where the hovering input is to be performed by the conductor. has the effect of being maintained.

도 1ė€ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ 환ę˛Ŋ ë‚´ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ ë¸”ëŸ­ë„ė´ë‹¤.1 is a block diagram of an electronic device in a network environment according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

도 2는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëĨŧ 나타내는 도면ėœŧëĄœė„œ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëļ„ė´ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ뗐 ėˆ˜ë‚Šëœ ėƒíƒœëĨŧ 나타내는 ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.2 is a diagram illustrating an electronic device according to various embodiments of the present disclosure, and is a diagram illustrating a state in which a portion of a flexible display is accommodated in a second structure.

도 3ė€ ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëĨŧ 나타내는 도면ėœŧëĄœė„œ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 대ëļ€ëļ„ė´ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧė˜ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ ė‹œę°ė ėœŧ로 노ėļœëœ ėƒíƒœëĨŧ 나타내는 ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.3 is a diagram illustrating an electronic device according to various embodiments of the present disclosure, and is a diagram illustrating a state in which most of the flexible display is visually exposed to the outside of a second structure.

도 4는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëĨŧ 나타내는 ëļ„ëĻŦ ė‚Ŧė‹œë„ė´ë‹¤.4 is an exploded perspective view illustrating an electronic device according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

도 5a는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ë„ė˛´ę°€ ë°°ėš˜ëœ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.5A is a view for explaining an electronic device in which a conductor is disposed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

도 5b는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ë„ė˛´ę°€ ë°°ėš˜ëœ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.5B is a view for explaining an electronic device in which a conductor is disposed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

도 6ė€ ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ ë™ėž‘ ë°Šë˛•ė„ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.6 is a view for explaining a method of operating an electronic device according to various embodiments of the present disclosure.

도 7a는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ ë™ėž‘ė„ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.7A is a view for explaining an operation of changing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

도 7b는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ뗐 따ëŧ ė‚ŦėšŠėžė—ę˛Œ 렜ęŗĩ되는 ėœ ė € ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤ í™”ëŠ´ė˜ ėŧ ė‹¤ė‹œ 똈ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.7B is a diagram for explaining an embodiment of a user interface screen provided to a user according to a change in touch sensitivity according to the present disclosure;

도 8a는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ ėļ•ė†Œëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.8A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display in a reduced state according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

도 8b는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ 확ėžĨ ė¤‘ė¸ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.8B is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display in a state in which the flexible display is being expanded according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

도 9a는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ ėļ•ė†Œëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.9A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display in a reduced state according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

도 9b는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ 확ėžĨ ė¤‘ė¸ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.9B is a view for explaining the touch sensitivity of the flexible display in a state in which the flexible display is being expanded according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

도 10a는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 노ėļœí•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ 하는 ę˛Ŋ뚰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.10A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display when an extended sliding operation is performed to expose a target exposure area of the flexible display according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

도 10b는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė´ ė™„ëŖŒë˜ëŠ” ė‹¤ė‹œ 똈ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.10B is a view for explaining an embodiment in which an extended sliding operation of a flexible display is completed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

도 11a는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 노ėļœí•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ 하는 ę˛Ŋ뚰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.11A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display when a reduction sliding operation is performed to expose a target exposure area of the flexible display according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

도 11b는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė´ ė™„ëŖŒë˜ëŠ” ė‹¤ė‹œ 똈ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.11B is a view for explaining an embodiment in which a reduction/sliding operation of the flexible display is completed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

도 12는 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ 도 11a뙀 ę°™ė€ í„°ėš˜ ę°ë„ė¸ ę˛Ŋ뚰, ė‚ŦėšŠėžė—ę˛Œ 렜ęŗĩ되는 ėœ ė € ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤ í™”ëŠ´ė˜ ėŧ ė‹¤ė‹œ 똈ëĨŧ ë„ė‹œí•œ ę˛ƒė´ë‹¤.FIG. 12 illustrates an embodiment of a user interface screen provided to a user when the flexible display has a touch sensitivity as shown in FIG. 11A.

ëŗ¸ ëŦ¸ė„œė— ę°œė‹œëœ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆë“¤ė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ í˜•íƒœė˜ ėžĨėš˜ę°€ 될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ”, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, íœ´ëŒ€ėšŠ í†ĩė‹  ėžĨėš˜(똈: ėŠ¤ë§ˆíŠ¸í°), ėģ´í“¨í„° ėžĨėš˜, íœ´ëŒ€ėšŠ ëŠ€í‹°ë¯¸ë””ė–´ ėžĨėš˜, íœ´ëŒ€ėšŠ ė˜ëŖŒ 기기, ėš´ëŠ”ëŧ, 뛍떴ëŸŦ블 ėžĨėš˜, 또는 氀렄 ėžĨėš˜ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ëŗ¸ ëŦ¸ė„œė˜ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” ė „ėˆ í•œ ę¸°ę¸°ë“¤ė— í•œė •ë˜ė§€ ė•ŠëŠ”ë‹¤.The electronic device according to various embodiments disclosed in this document may have various types of devices. The electronic device may include, for example, a portable communication device (eg, a smart phone), a computer device, a portable multimedia device, a portable medical device, a camera, a wearable device, or a home appliance device. The electronic device according to the embodiment of the present document is not limited to the above-described devices.

ëŗ¸ ëŦ¸ė„œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆë“¤ 및 ė´ė— ė‚ŦėšŠëœ ėšŠė–´ë“¤ė€ ëŗ¸ ëŦ¸ė„œė— 기ėžŦ된 揰눠렁 íŠšė§•ë“¤ė„ íŠšė •í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆë“¤ëĄœ í•œė •í•˜ë ¤ëŠ” ę˛ƒė´ ė•„ë‹ˆëŠ°, 해당 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ, 균등ëŦŧ, 또는 ëŒ€ė˛´ëŦŧė„ íŦ함하는 것ėœŧ로 ė´í•´ë˜ė–´ė•ŧ 한다. ë„ëŠ´ė˜ 네ëĒ…ęŗŧ 관련하ė—Ŧ, 뜠ė‚Ŧ한 또는 관련된 ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œė— ëŒ€í•´ė„œëŠ” 뜠ė‚Ŧ한 ė°¸ėĄ° ëļ€í˜¸ę°€ ė‚ŦėšŠë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė•„ė´í…œė— ëŒ€ė‘í•˜ëŠ” ëĒ…ė‚Ŧė˜ ë‹¨ėˆ˜í˜•ė€ 관련된 ëŦ¸ë§Ĩ냁 ëĒ…ë°ąí•˜ę˛Œ 다ëĨ´ę˛Œ ė§€ė‹œí•˜ė§€ ė•ŠëŠ” 한, 냁揰 ė•„ė´í…œ 한 氜 또는 ëŗĩ눘 氜ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ëŗ¸ ëŦ¸ė„œė—ė„œ, "A 또는 B", "A 및 B 뤑 ė ė–´ë„ 하나",“A 또는 B 뤑 ė ė–´ë„ 하나,”"A, B 또는 C", "A, B 및 C 뤑 ė ė–´ë„ 하나”, 및 “A, B, 또는 C 뤑 ė ė–´ë„ 하나"뙀 ę°™ė€ ëŦ¸ęĩŦ들 ę°ę°ė€ ꡸ ëŦ¸ęĩŦ들 뤑 해당하는 ëŦ¸ęĩŦ뗐 함ęģ˜ ë‚˜ė—´ëœ 항ëĒŠë“¤ 뤑 ė–´ëŠ 하나, 또는 ęˇ¸ë“¤ė˜ ëĒ¨ë“  가ëŠĨ한 ėĄ°í•Šė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. "렜1", "렜2", 또는 "ė˛Ģ맏" 또는 "ë‘˜ė§¸"뙀 ę°™ė€ ėšŠė–´ë“¤ė€ ë‹¨ėˆœížˆ 해당 ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†ŒëĨŧ 다ëĨ¸ 해당 ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œė™€ ęĩŦëļ„í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ ė‚ŦėšŠë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 해당 ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œë“¤ė„ 다ëĨ¸ ė¸ĄëŠ´(똈: ė¤‘ėš”ė„ą 또는 ėˆœė„œ)ė—ė„œ í•œė •í•˜ė§€ ė•ŠëŠ”ë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤(똈: 렜1) ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œę°€ 다ëĨ¸(똈: 렜2) ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œė—, “기ëŠĨ렁ėœŧ로” 또는 “í†ĩ닠렁ėœŧ로”ëŧ는 ėšŠė–´ė™€ 함ęģ˜ ë˜ëŠ” ė´ëŸ° ėšŠė–´ ė—†ė´, “ėģ¤í”Œë“œâ€ 또는 “ėģ¤ë„Ĩ티드”ëŧęŗ  ė–¸ę¸‰ëœ ę˛Ŋ뚰, ęˇ¸ę˛ƒė€ 냁揰 ė–´ë–¤ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œę°€ 냁揰 다ëĨ¸ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œė— 링렑렁ėœŧ로(똈: ėœ ė„ ėœŧ로), ëŦ´ė„ ėœŧ로, 또는 렜3 ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†ŒëĨŧ í†ĩ하ė—Ŧ ė—°ę˛°ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤ëŠ” ę˛ƒė„ ė˜ë¯¸í•œë‹¤.The various embodiments of this document and terms used therein are not intended to limit the technical features described in this document to specific embodiments, but it should be understood to include various modifications, equivalents, or substitutions of the embodiments. In connection with the description of the drawings, like reference numerals may be used for similar or related components. The singular form of the noun corresponding to the item may include one or more of the item, unless the relevant context clearly dictates otherwise. As used herein, “A or B”, “at least one of A and B”, “at least one of A or B,” “A, B or C,” “at least one of A, B, and C”, and “A , B, or C" each may include any one of the items listed together in the corresponding one of the phrases, or all possible combinations thereof. Terms such as “first”, “second”, or “first” or “second” may simply be used to distinguish the component from other components in question, and may refer to components in other aspects (e.g., importance or order) is not limited. that one (eg first) component is “coupled” or “connected” to another (eg, second) component with or without the terms “functionally” or “communicatively” When referenced, it means that one component can be connected to the other component directly (eg by wire), wirelessly, or through a third component.

ëŗ¸ ëŦ¸ė„œė—ė„œ ė‚ŦėšŠëœ ėšŠė–´ "ëĒ¨ë“ˆ"ė€ í•˜ë“œė›¨ė–´, ė†Œí”„íŠ¸ė›¨ė–´ 또는 íŽŒė›¨ė–´ëĄœ ęĩŦ현된 ėœ ë‹›ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, ëĄœė§, ë…ŧëĻŦ 블록, ëļ€í’ˆ, 또는 회로 ë“ąė˜ ėšŠė–´ė™€ ėƒí˜¸ í˜¸í™˜ė ėœŧ로 ė‚ŦėšŠë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ëĒ¨ë“ˆė€, ėŧė˛´ëĄœ ęĩŦė„ąëœ ëļ€í’ˆ 또는 하나 또는 ꡸ ė´ėƒė˜ 기ëŠĨė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•˜ëŠ”, 냁揰 ëļ€í’ˆė˜ ėĩœė†Œ ë‹¨ėœ„ 또는 ꡸ ėŧëļ€ę°€ 될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ 들면, ėŧ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ëĒ¨ë“ˆė€ ASIC(application-specific integrated circuit)ė˜ 형태로 ęĩŦ현될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. As used herein, the term “module” may include a unit implemented in hardware, software, or firmware, and may be used interchangeably with terms such as, for example, logic, logic block, component, or circuit. A module may be an integrally formed part or a minimum unit or a part of the part that performs one or more functions. For example, according to an embodiment, the module may be implemented in the form of an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC).

ëŗ¸ ëŦ¸ė„œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆë“¤ė€ 기기(machine)(똈: ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜) ė˜í•´ ėŊė„ 눘 ėžˆëŠ” ė €ėžĨ ë§¤ė˛´(storage medium)(똈: 내ėžĨ 메ëǍëĻŦ 또는 뙏ėžĨ 메ëǍëĻŦ)뗐 ė €ėžĨ된 하나 ė´ėƒė˜ ëĒ…ë šė–´ë“¤ė„ íŦ함하는 ė†Œí”„íŠ¸ė›¨ė–´(똈: 프로그램)ëĄœė„œ ęĩŦ현될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ 들면, 기기(똈: ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜)ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(똈: í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ)는, ė €ėžĨ ë§¤ė˛´ëĄœëļ€í„° ė €ėžĨ된 하나 ė´ėƒė˜ ëĒ…ë šė–´ë“¤ 뤑 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ëĒ…ë šė„ 호ėļœí•˜ęŗ , ęˇ¸ę˛ƒė„ ė‹¤í–‰í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ę˛ƒė€ 기기가 냁揰 호ėļœëœ ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ëĒ…ë šė–´ė— 따ëŧ ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ 기ëŠĨė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•˜ë„ëĄ ėš´ė˜ë˜ëŠ” ę˛ƒė„ 가ëŠĨ하게 한다. 냁揰 하나 ė´ėƒė˜ ëĒ…ë šė–´ë“¤ė€ ėģ´íŒŒėŧëŸŦ뗐 ė˜í•´ ėƒė„ąëœ ėŊ”드 또는 ė¸í„°í”„ëĻŦí„°ė— ė˜í•´ ė‹¤í–‰ë  눘 ėžˆëŠ” ėŊ”드ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 기기로 ėŊė„ 눘 ėžˆëŠ” ė €ėžĨë§¤ė˛´ëŠ”, 비 ėŧė‹œė (non-transitory) ė €ėžĨë§¤ė˛´ė˜ 형태로 렜ęŗĩ될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė—Ŧę¸°ė„œ, ‘비 ėŧė‹œė â€™ė€ ė €ėžĨë§¤ė˛´ę°€ 다ėžŦ(tangible)하는 ėžĨėš˜ė´ęŗ , ė‹ í˜¸(signal)(똈: ė „ėžę¸°íŒŒ)ëĨŧ íŦí•¨í•˜ė§€ ė•ŠëŠ”ë‹¤ëŠ” ę˛ƒė„ ė˜ë¯¸í•  ëŋė´ëа, ė´ ėšŠė–´ëŠ” ë°ė´í„°ę°€ ė €ėžĨë§¤ė˛´ė— ë°˜ė˜ęĩŦ렁ėœŧ로 ė €ėžĨ되는 ę˛Ŋėš°ė™€ ėž„ė‹œė ėœŧ로 ė €ėžĨ되는 ę˛Ŋ뚰ëĨŧ ęĩŦëļ„í•˜ė§€ ė•ŠëŠ”ë‹¤.Various embodiments of this document are software (eg, program) including one or more instructions stored in a storage medium (eg, internal memory or external memory) readable by a machine (eg, electronic device) can be implemented as For example, a processor (eg, processor) of a device (eg, an electronic device) may call at least one of one or more instructions stored from a storage medium and execute it. This makes it possible for the device to be operated to perform at least one function according to the called at least one command. The one or more instructions may include code generated by a compiler or code executable by an interpreter. The device-readable storage medium may be provided in the form of a non-transitory storage medium. Here, 'non-transitory' only means that the storage medium is a tangible device and does not contain a signal (eg, electromagnetic wave), and this term is different from the case where data is semi-permanently stored in the storage medium. It does not distinguish between temporary storage cases.

ėŧ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ëŗ¸ ëŦ¸ė„œė— ę°œė‹œëœ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆë“¤ė— 따ëĨ¸ ë°Šë˛•ė€ ėģ´í“¨í„° 프로그램 ė œí’ˆ(computer program product)뗐 íŦí•¨ë˜ė–´ 렜ęŗĩ될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėģ´í“¨í„° 프로그램 ė œí’ˆė€ ėƒí’ˆėœŧëĄœė„œ íŒë§¤ėž 및 ęĩŦë§¤ėž 氄뗐 거래될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėģ´í“¨í„° 프로그램 ė œí’ˆė€ 기기로 ėŊė„ 눘 ėžˆëŠ” ė €ėžĨ ë§¤ė˛´(똈: compact disc read only memory (CD-ROM))ė˜ 형태로 ë°°íŦ되거나, 또는 ė–´í”ŒëĻŦėŧ€ė´ė…˜ ėŠ¤í† ė–´(똈: í”Œë ˆė´ ėŠ¤í† ė–´TM)ëĨŧ í†ĩ해 또는 ë‘ę°œė˜ ė‚ŦėšŠėž ėžĨėš˜ë“¤(똈: ėŠ¤ë§ˆíŠ¸í°ë“¤) 氄뗐 링렑, 똍ëŧė¸ėœŧ로 ë°°íŦ(똈: ë‹¤ėš´ëĄœë“œ 또는 ė—…ëĄœë“œ)될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똍ëŧė¸ ë°°íŦė˜ ę˛Ŋėš°ė—, ėģ´í“¨í„° 프로그램 ė œí’ˆė˜ ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëŠ” ė œėĄ°ė‚Ŧė˜ ė„œë˛„, ė–´í”ŒëĻŦėŧ€ė´ė…˜ ėŠ¤í† ė–´ė˜ ė„œë˛„, 또는 뤑溄 ė„œë˛„ė˜ 메ëǍëĻŦ뙀 ę°™ė€ 기기로 ėŊė„ 눘 ėžˆëŠ” ė €ėžĨ ë§¤ė˛´ė— ė ė–´ë„ ėŧė‹œ ė €ėžĨ되거나, ėž„ė‹œė ėœŧ로 ėƒė„ąë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to an embodiment, the method according to various embodiments disclosed in this document may be included and provided in a computer program product. Computer program products may be traded between sellers and buyers as commodities. The computer program product is distributed in the form of a device-readable storage medium (eg compact disc read only memory (CD-ROM)), or through an application store (eg Play Storeâ„ĸ) or on two user devices (eg, It can be distributed (eg downloaded or uploaded) directly or online between smartphones (eg: smartphones). In the case of online distribution, at least a part of the computer program product may be temporarily stored or temporarily created in a machine-readable storage medium such as a memory of a server of a manufacturer, a server of an application store, or a relay server.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆë“¤ė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 ę¸°ėˆ í•œ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œë“¤ė˜ ę°ę°ė˜ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œ(똈: ëĒ¨ë“ˆ 또는 프로그램)는 ë‹¨ėˆ˜ 또는 ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ 氜랴ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ 氜랴 뤑 ėŧëļ€ëŠ” 다ëĨ¸ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œė— ëļ„ëĻŦ ë°°ėš˜ë  ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤. ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆë“¤ė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė „ėˆ í•œ 해당 ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œë“¤ 뤑 하나 ė´ėƒė˜ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œë“¤ 또는 ë™ėž‘ë“¤ė´ ėƒëžĩ되거나, 또는 하나 ė´ėƒė˜ 다ëĨ¸ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œë“¤ 또는 ë™ėž‘ë“¤ė´ ėļ”가될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ëŒ€ė˛´ė ėœŧ로 또는 ėļ”氀렁ėœŧ로, ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œë“¤(똈: ëĒ¨ë“ˆ 또는 프로그램)ė€ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†ŒëĄœ í†ĩ합될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ëŸ° ę˛Ŋ뚰, í†ĩ합된 ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†ŒëŠ” 냁揰 ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œë“¤ ę°ę°ė˜ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œė˜ 하나 ė´ėƒė˜ 기ëŠĨë“¤ė„ 냁揰 í†ĩ합 ė´ė „ė— 냁揰 ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œë“¤ 뤑 해당 ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œė— ė˜í•´ ėˆ˜í–‰ë˜ëŠ” 것ęŗŧ 동ėŧ 또는 뜠ė‚Ŧ하게 ėˆ˜í–‰í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆë“¤ė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ëĒ¨ë“ˆ, 프로그램 또는 다ëĨ¸ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œė— ė˜í•´ ėˆ˜í–‰ë˜ëŠ” ë™ėž‘ë“¤ė€ 눜밍렁ėœŧ로, ëŗ‘ë Ŧ렁ėœŧ로, 반ëŗĩ렁ėœŧ로, 또는 휴ëĻŦėŠ¤í‹ąí•˜ę˛Œ ė‹¤í–‰ë˜ęą°ë‚˜, 냁揰 ë™ėž‘ë“¤ 뤑 하나 ė´ėƒė´ 다ëĨ¸ ėˆœė„œëĄœ ė‹¤í–‰ë˜ęą°ë‚˜, ėƒëžĩ되거나, 또는 하나 ė´ėƒė˜ 다ëĨ¸ ë™ėž‘ë“¤ė´ ėļ”가될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, each component (eg, module or program) of the above-described components may include a singular or a plurality of entities, and some of the plurality of entities may be separately disposed in other components. have. According to various embodiments, one or more components or operations among the above-described corresponding components may be omitted, or one or more other components or operations may be added. Alternatively or additionally, a plurality of components (eg, a module or a program) may be integrated into one component. In this case, the integrated component may perform one or more functions of each component of the plurality of components identically or similarly to those performed by the corresponding component among the plurality of components prior to the integration. . According to various embodiments, operations performed by a module, program, or other component are executed sequentially, in parallel, repeatedly, or heuristically, or one or more of the operations are executed in a different order, or omitted. or one or more other operations may be added.

도 1ė€, ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆë“¤ė— 따ëĨ¸, ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ 환ę˛Ŋ(1000) ë‚´ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)ė˜ ë¸”ëĄë„ė´ë‹¤. 도 1ė„ ė°¸ėĄ°í•˜ëŠ´, ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ 환ę˛Ŋ(1000)ė—ė„œ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)는 렜 1 ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ(1098)(똈: ęˇŧęą°ëĻŦ ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹  ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ)ëĨŧ í†ĩ하ė—Ŧ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1002)뙀 í†ĩė‹ í•˜ęą°ë‚˜, 또는 렜 2 ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ(1099)(똈: ė›ęą°ëĻŦ ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹  ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ)ëĨŧ í†ĩ하ė—Ŧ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1004) 또는 ė„œë˛„(1008)뙀 í†ĩė‹ í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)는 ė„œë˛„(1008)ëĨŧ í†ĩ하ė—Ŧ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1004)뙀 í†ĩė‹ í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)는 í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020), 메ëǍëĻŦ(1030), ėž…ë Ĩ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1050), ėŒí–Ĩ ėļœë Ĩ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1055), ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060), ė˜¤ë””ė˜¤ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1070), ė„ŧė„œ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1076), ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤(1077), 뗰枰 ë‹¨ėž(1078), 햅틱 ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1079), ėš´ëŠ”ëŧ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1080), ė „ë Ĩ 관ëĻŦ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1088), 배터ëĻŦ(1089), í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1090), ę°€ėž…ėž ė‹ëŗ„ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1096), 또는 ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1097)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œëŠ”, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)ė—ëŠ”, ė´ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œë“¤ 뤑 ė ė–´ë„ 하나(똈: 뗰枰 ë‹¨ėž(1078))가 ėƒëžĩ되거나, 하나 ė´ėƒė˜ 다ëĨ¸ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œę°€ ėļ”가될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œëŠ”, ė´ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œë“¤ 뤑 ėŧëļ€ë“¤(똈: ė„ŧė„œ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1076), ėš´ëŠ”ëŧ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1080), 또는 ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1097))ė€ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œ(똈: ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060))로 í†ĩ합될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.1 is a block diagram of an electronic device 1001 in a network environment 1000 according to various embodiments of the present disclosure. Referring to FIG. 1 , in a network environment 1000 , an electronic device 1001 communicates with an electronic device 1002 through a first network 1098 (eg, a short-range wireless communication network) or a second network 1099 . It may communicate with the electronic device 1004 or the server 1008 through (eg, a long-distance wireless communication network). According to an embodiment, the electronic device 1001 may communicate with the electronic device 1004 through the server 1008 . According to an embodiment, the electronic device 1001 includes a processor 1020 , a memory 1030 , an input module 1050 , a sound output module 1055 , a display module 1060 , an audio module 1070 , and a sensor module ( 1076), interface 1077, connection terminal 1078, haptic module 1079, camera module 1080, power management module 1088, battery 1089, communication module 1090, subscriber identification module 1096 , or an antenna module 1097 . In some embodiments, at least one of these components (eg, the connection terminal 1078 ) may be omitted or one or more other components may be added to the electronic device 1001 . In some embodiments, some of these components (eg, sensor module 1076 , camera module 1080 , or antenna module 1097 ) are integrated into one component (eg, display module 1060 ). can be

í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020)는, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, ė†Œí”„íŠ¸ė›¨ė–´(똈: 프로그램(1040))ëĨŧ ė‹¤í–‰í•˜ė—Ŧ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020)뗐 ė—°ę˛°ëœ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ 다ëĨ¸ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œ(똈: í•˜ë“œė›¨ė–´ 또는 ė†Œí”„íŠ¸ė›¨ė–´ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œ)ëĨŧ ė œė–´í•  눘 ėžˆęŗ , ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ë°ė´í„° 래ëĻŦ 또는 ė—°ė‚°ė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ë°ė´í„° 래ëĻŦ 또는 ė—°ė‚°ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëĄœė„œ, í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020)는 다ëĨ¸ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œ(똈: ė„ŧė„œ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1076) 또는 í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1090))로ëļ€í„° ėˆ˜ė‹ ëœ ëĒ…ë š 또는 ë°ė´í„°ëĨŧ íœ˜ë°œė„ą 메ëǍëĻŦ(1032)뗐 ė €ėžĨí•˜ęŗ , íœ˜ë°œė„ą 메ëǍëĻŦ(1032)뗐 ė €ėžĨ된 ëĒ…ë š 또는 ë°ė´í„°ëĨŧ 래ëĻŦí•˜ęŗ , 결ęŗŧ ë°ė´í„°ëĨŧ ëš„íœ˜ë°œė„ą 메ëǍëĻŦ(1034)뗐 ė €ėžĨ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020)는 ëŠ”ė¸ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1021)(똈: 뤑땙 래ëĻŦ ėžĨėš˜ 또는 ė–´í”ŒëĻŦėŧ€ė´ė…˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ) 또는 ė´ė™€ëŠ” 독ëĻŊ렁ėœŧ로 또는 함ęģ˜ ėš´ė˜ 가ëŠĨ한 ëŗ´ėĄ° í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1023)(똈: 그래í”Ŋ 래ëĻŦ ėžĨėš˜, ė‹ ę˛Ŋ망 래ëĻŦ ėžĨėš˜(NPU: neural processing unit), ė´ë¯¸ė§€ ė‹œęˇ¸ë„ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ, ė„ŧė„œ 허브 í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ, 또는 ėģ¤ëŽ¤ë‹ˆėŧ€ė´ė…˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ)ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)가 ëŠ”ė¸ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1021) 및 ëŗ´ėĄ° í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1023)ëĨŧ íŦ함하는 ę˛Ŋ뚰, ëŗ´ėĄ° í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1023)는 ëŠ”ė¸ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1021)ëŗ´ë‹¤ 렀렄ë Ĩė„ ė‚ŦėšŠí•˜ęą°ë‚˜, ė§€ė •ëœ 기ëŠĨ뗐 특화되도록 ė„¤ė •ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ëŗ´ėĄ° í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1023)는 ëŠ”ė¸ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1021)뙀 ëŗ„ę°œëĄœ, 또는 ꡸ ėŧëļ€ëĄœė„œ ęĩŦ현될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.The processor 1020, for example, executes software (eg, a program 1040) to execute at least one other component (eg, a hardware or software component) of the electronic device 1001 connected to the processor 1020. It can control and perform various data processing or operations. According to one embodiment, as at least part of data processing or computation, the processor 1020 converts commands or data received from other components (eg, the sensor module 1076 or the communication module 1090) to the volatile memory 1032 . may be stored in , process commands or data stored in the volatile memory 1032 , and store the result data in the non-volatile memory 1034 . According to one embodiment, the processor 1020 is the main processor 1021 (eg, central processing unit or application processor) or the auxiliary processor 1023 (eg, graphic processing unit, neural network processing unit) a neural processing unit (NPU), an image signal processor, a sensor hub processor, or a communication processor). For example, when the electronic device 1001 includes the main processor 1021 and the auxiliary processor 1023 , the auxiliary processor 1023 uses less power than the main processor 1021 or is set to be specialized for a specified function. can The auxiliary processor 1023 may be implemented separately from or as a part of the main processor 1021 .

ëŗ´ėĄ° í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1023)는, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, ëŠ”ė¸ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1021)가 ė¸ė•Ąí‹°ë¸Œ(똈: ėŠŦëĻŊ) ėƒíƒœė— ėžˆëŠ” ë™ė•ˆ ëŠ”ė¸ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1021)ëĨŧ ëŒ€ė‹ í•˜ė—Ŧ, 또는 ëŠ”ė¸ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1021)가 ė•Ąí‹°ë¸Œ(똈: ė–´í”ŒëĻŦėŧ€ė´ė…˜ ė‹¤í–‰) ėƒíƒœė— ėžˆëŠ” ë™ė•ˆ ëŠ”ė¸ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1021)뙀 함ęģ˜, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)ė˜ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œë“¤ 뤑 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œ(똈: ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060), ė„ŧė„œ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1076), 또는 í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1090))뙀 관련된 기ëŠĨ 또는 ėƒíƒœë“¤ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëĨŧ ė œė–´í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ëŗ´ėĄ° í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1023)(똈: ė´ë¯¸ė§€ ė‹œęˇ¸ë„ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ 또는 ėģ¤ëŽ¤ë‹ˆėŧ€ė´ė…˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ)는 기ëŠĨ렁ėœŧ로 관련 ėžˆëŠ” 다ëĨ¸ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œ(똈: ėš´ëŠ”ëŧ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1080) 또는 í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1090))ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëĄœė„œ ęĩŦ현될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ëŗ´ėĄ° í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1023)(똈: ė‹ ę˛Ŋ망 래ëĻŦ ėžĨėš˜)는 ė¸ęŗĩė§€ëŠĨ ëĒ¨ë¸ė˜ 래ëĻŦ뗐 특화된 í•˜ë“œė›¨ė–´ ęĩŦėĄ°ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė¸ęŗĩė§€ëŠĨ ëĒ¨ë¸ė€ 揰溄 학ėŠĩė„ í†ĩ해 ėƒė„ąë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ëŸŦ한 학ėŠĩė€, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė¸ęŗĩė§€ëŠĨė´ ėˆ˜í–‰ë˜ëŠ” ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001) ėžė˛´ė—ė„œ ėˆ˜í–‰ë  눘 ėžˆęŗ , ëŗ„ë„ė˜ ė„œë˛„(똈: ė„œë˛„(1008))ëĨŧ í†ĩ해 ėˆ˜í–‰ë  ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤. 학ėŠĩ ė•Œęŗ ëĻŦėĻ˜ė€, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė§€ë„í˜• 학ėŠĩ(supervised learning), ëš„ė§€ë„í˜• 학ėŠĩ(unsupervised learning), ė¤€ė§€ë„í˜• 학ėŠĩ(semi-supervised learning) 또는 강화 학ėŠĩ(reinforcement learning)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆėœŧ나, ė „ėˆ í•œ ė˜ˆė— í•œė •ë˜ė§€ ė•ŠëŠ”ë‹¤. ė¸ęŗĩė§€ëŠĨ ëĒ¨ë¸ė€, ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ ė¸ęŗĩ ė‹ ę˛Ŋ망 ë ˆė´ė–´ë“¤ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė¸ęŗĩ ė‹ ę˛Ŋë§ė€ ė‹Ŧė¸ĩ ė‹ ę˛Ŋ망(DNN: deep neural network), CNN(convolutional neural network), RNN(recurrent neural network), RBM(restricted boltzmann machine), DBN(deep belief network), BRDNN(bidirectional recurrent deep neural network), ė‹Ŧė¸ĩ Q-ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ(deep Q-networks) 또는 냁揰 뤑 둘 ė´ėƒė˜ ėĄ°í•Š 뤑 하나ėŧ 눘 ėžˆėœŧ나, ė „ėˆ í•œ ė˜ˆė— í•œė •ë˜ė§€ ė•ŠëŠ”ë‹¤. ė¸ęŗĩė§€ëŠĨ ëĒ¨ë¸ė€ í•˜ë“œė›¨ė–´ ęĩŦėĄ° ė´ė™¸ė—, ėļ”氀렁ėœŧ로 또는 ëŒ€ė˛´ė ėœŧ로, ė†Œí”„íŠ¸ė›¨ė–´ ęĩŦėĄ°ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. The coprocessor 1023 may, for example, act on behalf of the main processor 1021 while the main processor 1021 is in an inactive (eg, sleep) state, or when the main processor 1021 is active (eg, executing an application). ), together with the main processor 1021, at least one of the components of the electronic device 1001 (eg, the display module 1060, the sensor module 1076, or the communication module 1090) It is possible to control at least some of the related functions or states. According to one embodiment, coprocessor 1023 (eg, image signal processor or communication processor) may be implemented as part of another functionally related component (eg, camera module 1080 or communication module 1090). have. According to an embodiment, the auxiliary processor 1023 (eg, a neural network processing device) may include a hardware structure specialized for processing an artificial intelligence model. Artificial intelligence models can be created through machine learning. Such learning may be performed, for example, in the electronic device 1001 itself on which artificial intelligence is performed, or may be performed through a separate server (eg, server 1008). The learning algorithm may include, for example, supervised learning, unsupervised learning, semi-supervised learning, or reinforcement learning, but in the above example not limited The artificial intelligence model may include a plurality of artificial neural network layers. Artificial neural networks include deep neural networks (DNNs), convolutional neural networks (CNNs), recurrent neural networks (RNNs), restricted boltzmann machines (RBMs), deep belief networks (DBNs), bidirectional recurrent deep neural networks (BRDNNs), It may be one of deep Q-networks or a combination of two or more of the above, but is not limited to the above example. The artificial intelligence model may include, in addition to, or alternatively, a software structure in addition to the hardware structure.

메ëǍëĻŦ(1030)는, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œ(똈: í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020) 또는 ė„ŧė„œ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1076))뗐 ė˜í•´ ė‚ŦėšŠë˜ëŠ” ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ë°ė´í„°ëĨŧ ė €ėžĨ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë°ė´í„°ëŠ”, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė†Œí”„íŠ¸ė›¨ė–´(똈: 프로그램(1040)) 및, ė´ė™€ 관련된 ëĒ…ë šė— 대한 ėž…ë Ĩ ë°ė´í„° 또는 ėļœë Ĩ ë°ė´í„°ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 메ëǍëĻŦ(1030)는, íœ˜ë°œė„ą 메ëǍëĻŦ(1032) 또는 ëš„íœ˜ë°œė„ą 메ëǍëĻŦ(1034)ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. The memory 1030 may store various data used by at least one component of the electronic device 1001 (eg, the processor 1020 or the sensor module 1076 ). The data may include, for example, input data or output data for software (eg, the program 1040 ) and instructions related thereto. The memory 1030 may include a volatile memory 1032 or a non-volatile memory 1034 .

프로그램(1040)ė€ 메ëǍëĻŦ(1030)뗐 ė†Œí”„íŠ¸ė›¨ė–´ëĄœė„œ ė €ėžĨ될 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, 뚴똁 랴렜(1042), 미들 뛍떴(1044) 또는 ė–´í”ŒëĻŦėŧ€ė´ė…˜(1046)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. The program 1040 may be stored as software in the memory 1030 , and may include, for example, an operating system 1042 , middleware 1044 , or an application 1046 .

ėž…ë Ĩ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1050)ė€, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)ė˜ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œ(똈: í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020))뗐 ė‚ŦėšŠë  ëĒ…ë š 또는 ë°ė´í„°ëĨŧ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)ė˜ 뙏ëļ€(똈: ė‚ŦėšŠėž)로ëļ€í„° ėˆ˜ė‹ í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėž…ë Ĩ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1050)ė€, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, ë§ˆė´íŦ, ë§ˆėš°ėŠ¤, í‚¤ëŗ´ë“œ, 키(똈: 버íŠŧ), 또는 ë””ė§€í„¸ 펜(똈: ėŠ¤íƒ€ėŧëŸŦ늤 펜)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. The input module 1050 may receive a command or data to be used in a component (eg, the processor 1020 ) of the electronic device 1001 from the outside (eg, a user) of the electronic device 1001 . The input module 1050 may include, for example, a microphone, a mouse, a keyboard, a key (eg, a button), or a digital pen (eg, a stylus pen).

ėŒí–Ĩ ėļœë Ĩ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1055)ė€ ėŒí–Ĩ ė‹ í˜¸ëĨŧ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)ė˜ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ ėļœë Ĩ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŒí–Ĩ ėļœë Ĩ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1055)ė€, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, 늤í”ŧėģ¤ ë˜ëŠ” ëĻŦė‹œë˛„ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 늤í”ŧėģ¤ëŠ” ëŠ€í‹°ë¯¸ë””ė–´ ėžŦėƒ 또는 ë…šėŒ ėžŦėƒęŗŧ ę°™ė´ ėŧë°˜ė ė¸ ėšŠë„ëĄœ ė‚ŦėšŠë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ëĻŦė‹œë˛„ëŠ” ė°Šė‹  ė „í™”ëĨŧ ėˆ˜ė‹ í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ ė‚ŦėšŠë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ëĻŦė‹œë˛„ëŠ” 늤í”ŧėģ¤ė™€ ëŗ„ę°œëĄœ, 또는 ꡸ ėŧëļ€ëĄœė„œ ęĩŦ현될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.The sound output module 1055 may output a sound signal to the outside of the electronic device 1001 . The sound output module 1055 may include, for example, a speaker or a receiver. The speaker can be used for general purposes such as multimedia playback or recording playback. The receiver may be used to receive an incoming call. According to one embodiment, the receiver may be implemented separately from or as part of the speaker.

ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060)ė€ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)ė˜ 뙏ëļ€(똈: ė‚ŦėšŠėž)로 ė •ëŗ´ëĨŧ ė‹œę°ė ėœŧ로 렜ęŗĩ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060)ė€, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´, 홀로그램 ėžĨėš˜, 또는 í”„ëĄœė í„° 및 해당 ėžĨėš˜ëĨŧ ė œė–´í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ė œė–´ 회로ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060)ė€ í„°ėš˜ëĨŧ ę°ė§€í•˜ë„ëĄ ė„¤ė •ëœ í„°ėš˜ ė„ŧė„œ, 또는 냁揰 í„°ėš˜ė— ė˜í•´ ë°œėƒë˜ëŠ” íž˜ė˜ 넏揰ëĨŧ ė¸Ąė •í•˜ë„ëĄ ė„¤ė •ëœ ė••ë Ĩ ė„ŧė„œëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. The display module 1060 may visually provide information to the outside (eg, a user) of the electronic device 1001 . The display module 1060 may include, for example, a control circuit for controlling a display, a hologram device, or a projector and a corresponding device. According to an embodiment, the display module 1060 may include a touch sensor configured to sense a touch or a pressure sensor configured to measure the intensity of a force generated by the touch.

ė˜¤ë””ė˜¤ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1070)ė€ ė†ŒëĻŦëĨŧ 렄揰 ė‹ í˜¸ëĄœ ëŗ€í™˜ė‹œí‚¤ęą°ë‚˜, 반대로 렄揰 ė‹ í˜¸ëĨŧ ė†ŒëĻŦ로 ëŗ€í™˜ė‹œí‚Ŧ 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė˜¤ë””ė˜¤ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1070)ė€, ėž…ë Ĩ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1050)ė„ í†ĩ해 ė†ŒëĻŦëĨŧ 획득하거나, ėŒí–Ĩ ėļœë Ĩ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1055), 또는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)뙀 링렑 또는 ëŦ´ė„ ėœŧ로 ė—°ę˛°ëœ 뙏ëļ€ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1002))(똈: 늤í”ŧėģ¤ ë˜ëŠ” 헤드폰)ëĨŧ í†ĩ해 ė†ŒëĻŦëĨŧ ėļœë Ĩ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.The audio module 1070 may convert a sound into an electric signal or, conversely, convert an electric signal into a sound. According to an embodiment, the audio module 1070 acquires a sound through the input module 1050 or an external electronic device (eg, a sound output module 1055 ) directly or wirelessly connected to the electronic device 1001 . The electronic device 1002) (eg, a speaker or headphones) may output a sound.

ė„ŧė„œ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1076)ė€ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)ė˜ ėž‘ë™ ėƒíƒœ(똈: ė „ë Ĩ 또는 ė˜¨ë„), 또는 뙏ëļ€ė˜ 환ę˛Ŋ ėƒíƒœ(똈: ė‚ŦėšŠėž ėƒíƒœ)ëĨŧ ę°ė§€í•˜ęŗ , ę°ė§€ëœ ėƒíƒœė— ëŒ€ė‘í•˜ëŠ” 렄揰 ė‹ í˜¸ 또는 ë°ė´í„° ę°’ė„ ėƒė„ąí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė„ŧė„œ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1076)ė€, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, 렜늤래 ė„ŧė„œ, ėžė´ëĄœ ė„ŧė„œ, 揰땕 ė„ŧė„œ, 마그네틱 ė„ŧė„œ, ę°€ė†ë„ ė„ŧė„œ, ꡸ëĻŊ ė„ŧė„œ, ęˇŧė ‘ ė„ŧė„œ, ėģŦëŸŦ ė„ŧė„œ, IR(infrared) ė„ŧė„œ, ėƒė˛´ ė„ŧė„œ, ė˜¨ë„ ė„ŧė„œ, ėŠĩ도 ė„ŧė„œ, 또는 ėĄ°ë„ ė„ŧė„œëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. The sensor module 1076 detects an operating state (eg, power or temperature) of the electronic device 1001 or an external environmental state (eg, a user state), and generates an electrical signal or data value corresponding to the sensed state. can do. According to an embodiment, the sensor module 1076 may include, for example, a gesture sensor, a gyro sensor, a barometric pressure sensor, a magnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, a grip sensor, a proximity sensor, a color sensor, an IR (infrared) sensor, a biometric sensor, It may include a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, or an illuminance sensor.

ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤(1077)는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)가 뙏ëļ€ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1002))뙀 링렑 또는 ëŦ´ė„ ėœŧ로 ė—°ę˛°ë˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ ė‚ŦėšŠë  눘 ėžˆëŠ” 하나 ė´ėƒė˜ ė§€ė •ëœ 프로토ėŊœë“¤ė„ ė§€ė›í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤(1077)는, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, HDMI(high definition multimedia interface), USB(universal serial bus) ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤, SDėš´ë“œ ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤, 또는 ė˜¤ë””ė˜¤ ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.The interface 1077 may support one or more specified protocols that may be used for the electronic device 1001 to directly or wirelessly connect with an external electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1002 ). According to an embodiment, the interface 1077 may include, for example, a high definition multimedia interface (HDMI), a universal serial bus (USB) interface, an SD card interface, or an audio interface.

뗰枰 ë‹¨ėž(1078)는, ꡸ëĨŧ í†ĩí•´ė„œ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)가 뙏ëļ€ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1002))뙀 ëŦŧëĻŦ렁ėœŧ로 ė—°ę˛°ë  눘 ėžˆëŠ” ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 뗰枰 ë‹¨ėž(1078)는, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, HDMI ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터, USB ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터, SD ėš´ë“œ ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터, 또는 ė˜¤ë””ė˜¤ ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터(똈: 헤드폰 ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터)ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.The connection terminal 1078 may include a connector through which the electronic device 1001 can be physically connected to an external electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1002 ). According to an embodiment, the connection terminal 1078 may include, for example, an HDMI connector, a USB connector, an SD card connector, or an audio connector (eg, a headphone connector).

햅틱 ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1079)ė€ 렄揰렁 ė‹ í˜¸ëĨŧ ė‚ŦėšŠėžę°€ 봉氁 또는 ėš´ë™ ę°ę°ė„ í†ĩí•´ė„œ ė¸ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆëŠ” ę¸°ęŗ„ė ė¸ ėžęˇš(똈: ė§„ë™ 또는 ė›€ė§ėž„) 또는 ė „ę¸°ė ė¸ ėžęˇšėœŧ로 ëŗ€í™˜í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 햅틱 ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1079)ė€, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, ëĒ¨í„°, ė••ė „ ė†Œėž, 또는 렄揰 ėžęˇš ėžĨėš˜ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.The haptic module 1079 may convert an electrical signal into a mechanical stimulus (eg, vibration or movement) or an electrical stimulus that the user can perceive through tactile or kinesthetic sense. According to an embodiment, the haptic module 1079 may include, for example, a motor, a piezoelectric element, or an electrical stimulation device.

ėš´ëŠ”ëŧ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1080)ė€ ė •ė§€ 똁냁 및 ë™ė˜ėƒė„ ė´Ŧė˜í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ėš´ëŠ”ëŧ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1080)ė€ 하나 ė´ėƒė˜ 렌ėĻˆë“¤, ė´ë¯¸ė§€ ė„ŧė„œë“¤, ė´ë¯¸ė§€ ė‹œęˇ¸ë„ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œë“¤, 또는 í”Œëž˜ė‹œë“¤ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.The camera module 1080 may capture still images and moving images. According to one embodiment, the camera module 1080 may include one or more lenses, image sensors, image signal processors, or flashes.

ė „ë Ĩ 관ëĻŦ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1088)ė€ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)뗐 ęŗĩ급되는 ė „ë Ĩė„ 관ëĻŦ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė „ë Ĩ 관ëĻŦ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1088)ė€, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, PMIC(power management integrated circuit)ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëĄœė„œ ęĩŦ현될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.The power management module 1088 may manage power supplied to the electronic device 1001 . According to an embodiment, the power management module 1088 may be implemented as, for example, at least a part of a power management integrated circuit (PMIC).

배터ëĻŦ(1089)는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œė— ė „ë Ĩė„ ęŗĩ급할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 배터ëĻŦ(1089)는, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, ėžŦėļŠė „ ëļˆę°€ëŠĨ한 1ė°¨ ė „ė§€, ėžŦėļŠė „ 가ëŠĨ한 2ė°¨ ė „ė§€ 또는 ė—°ëŖŒ ė „ė§€ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.The battery 1089 may supply power to at least one component of the electronic device 1001 . According to one embodiment, battery 1089 may include, for example, a non-rechargeable primary cell, a rechargeable secondary cell, or a fuel cell.

í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1090)ė€ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)뙀 뙏ëļ€ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1002), ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1004), 또는 ė„œë˛„(1008)) ę°„ė˜ 링렑(똈: ėœ ė„ ) í†ĩė‹  ėą„ë„ 또는 ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹  ėą„ë„ė˜ 눘ëĻŊ, 및 눘ëĻŊ된 í†ĩė‹  ėą„ë„ė„ í†ĩ한 í†ĩė‹  ėˆ˜í–‰ė„ ė§€ė›í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1090)ė€ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020)(똈: ė–´í”ŒëĻŦėŧ€ė´ė…˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ)뙀 독ëĻŊ렁ėœŧ로 ėš´ė˜ë˜ęŗ , 링렑(똈: ėœ ė„ ) í†ĩė‹  또는 ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹ ė„ ė§€ė›í•˜ëŠ” 하나 ė´ėƒė˜ ėģ¤ëŽ¤ë‹ˆėŧ€ė´ė…˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1090)ė€ ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1092)(똈: ė…€ëŖ°ëŸŦ í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ, ęˇŧęą°ëĻŦ ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ, 또는 GNSS(global navigation satellite system) í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ) 또는 ėœ ė„  í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1094)(똈: LAN(local area network) í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ, 또는 ė „ë Ĩė„  í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ë“¤ í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ 뤑 해당하는 í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆė€ 렜 1 ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ(1098)(똈: ë¸”ëŖ¨íˆŦ늤, WiFi(wireless fidelity) direct 또는 IrDA(infrared data association)뙀 ę°™ė€ ęˇŧęą°ëĻŦ í†ĩė‹  ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ) 또는 렜 2 ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ(1099)(똈: ë ˆęą°ė‹œ ė…€ëŖ°ëŸŦ ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ, 5G ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ, ė°¨ė„¸ëŒ€ í†ĩė‹  ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ, ė¸í„°ë„ˇ, 또는 ėģ´í“¨í„° ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ(똈: LAN 또는 WAN)뙀 ę°™ė€ ė›ęą°ëĻŦ í†ĩė‹  ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ)ëĨŧ í†ĩ하ė—Ŧ 뙏ëļ€ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1004)뙀 í†ĩė‹ í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ëŸ° ė—ŦëŸŦ ėĸ…ëĨ˜ė˜ í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆë“¤ė€ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œ(똈: 단ėŧ ėšŠ)로 í†ĩ합되거나, 또는 ė„œëĄœ ëŗ„ë„ė˜ ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œë“¤(똈: ëŗĩ눘 ėšŠë“¤)로 ęĩŦ현될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1092)ė€ ę°€ėž…ėž ė‹ëŗ„ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1096)뗐 ė €ėžĨ된 ę°€ėž…ėž ė •ëŗ´(똈: ęĩ­ė œ ëĒ¨ë°”ėŧ ę°€ėž…ėž ė‹ëŗ„ėž(IMSI))ëĨŧ ė´ėšŠí•˜ė—Ŧ 렜 1 ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ(1098) 또는 렜 2 ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ(1099)뙀 ę°™ė€ í†ĩė‹  ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ ë‚´ė—ė„œ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)ëĨŧ í™•ė¸ 또는 ė¸ėĻí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. The communication module 1090 is a direct (eg, wired) communication channel or a wireless communication channel between the electronic device 1001 and an external electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1002, the electronic device 1004, or the server 1008). It can support establishment and communication performance through the established communication channel. The communication module 1090 may include one or more communication processors that operate independently of the processor 1020 (eg, an application processor) and support direct (eg, wired) communication or wireless communication. According to one embodiment, the communication module 1090 is a wireless communication module 1092 (eg, a cellular communication module, a short-range wireless communication module, or a global navigation satellite system (GNSS) communication module) or a wired communication module 1094 (eg, : It may include a LAN (local area network) communication module, or a power line communication module). Among these communication modules, the corresponding communication module is a first network 1098 (eg, a short-range communication network such as Bluetooth, wireless fidelity (WiFi) direct, or infrared data association (IrDA)) or a second network 1099 (eg, legacy). It may communicate with the external electronic device 1004 through a cellular network, a 5G network, a next-generation communication network, the Internet, or a computer network (eg, a telecommunication network such as a LAN or a WAN). These various types of communication modules may be integrated into one component (eg, a single chip) or may be implemented as a plurality of components (eg, multiple chips) separate from each other. The wireless communication module 1092 uses subscriber information (eg, International Mobile Subscriber Identifier (IMSI)) stored in the subscriber identification module 1096 within a communication network, such as the first network 1098 or the second network 1099 . The electronic device 1001 may be identified or authenticated.

ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1092)ė€ 4G ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ ė´í›„ė˜ 5G ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ 및 ė°¨ė„¸ëŒ€ í†ĩė‹  揰눠, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, NR ė ‘ė† 揰눠(new radio access technology)ė„ ė§€ė›í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. NR ė ‘ė† ę¸°ėˆ ė€ ęŗ ėšŠëŸ‰ ë°ė´í„°ė˜ ęŗ ė† ė „ė†Ą(eMBB(enhanced mobile broadband)), 단말 ė „ë Ĩ ėĩœė†Œí™”뙀 ë‹¤ėˆ˜ ë‹¨ë§ė˜ ė ‘ė†(mMTC(massive machine type communications)), 또는 ęŗ ė‹ ëĸ°ë„뙀 렀맀뗰(URLLC(ultra-reliable and low-latency communications))ė„ ė§€ė›í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1092)ė€, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ë†’ė€ ë°ė´í„° ė „ė†ĄëĨ  ë‹Ŧė„ąė„ ėœ„í•´, ęŗ ėŖŧ파 ëŒ€ė—­(똈: mmWave ëŒ€ė—­)ė„ ė§€ė›í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1092)ė€ ęŗ ėŖŧ파 ëŒ€ė—­ė—ė„œė˜ ė„ąëŠĨ í™•ëŗ´ëĨŧ ėœ„í•œ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ę¸°ėˆ ë“¤, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 빔íŦ밍(beamforming), 거대 ë°°ė—´ ë‹¤ė¤‘ ėž…ėļœë Ĩ(massive MIMO(multiple-input and multiple-output)), 렄밍뛐 ë‹¤ė¤‘ėž…ėļœë Ĩ(FD-MIMO: full dimensional MIMO), ė–´ë ˆė´ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜(array antenna), ė•„ë‚ ëĄœęˇ¸ ëš”í˜•ė„ą(analog beam-forming), 또는 대규ëǍ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜(large scale antenna)뙀 ę°™ė€ ę¸°ėˆ ë“¤ė„ ė§€ė›í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1092)ė€ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001), 뙏ëļ€ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1004)) 또는 ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ ė‹œėŠ¤í…œ(똈: 렜 2 ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ(1099))뗐 ęˇœė •ë˜ëŠ” ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ėš”ęĩŦė‚Ŧí•­ė„ ė§€ė›í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1092)ė€ eMBB ė‹¤í˜„ė„ ėœ„í•œ Peak data rate(똈: 20Gbps ė´ėƒ), mMTC ė‹¤í˜„ė„ ėœ„í•œ 놐다 Coverage(똈: 164dB ė´í•˜), 또는 URLLC ė‹¤í˜„ė„ ėœ„í•œ U-plane latency(똈: ë‹¤ėš´ë§íŦ(DL) 및 ė—…ë§íŦ(UL) 각각 0.5ms ė´í•˜, 또는 ëŧėš´ë“œ 트ëĻŊ 1ms ė´í•˜)ëĨŧ ė§€ė›í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.The wireless communication module 1092 may support a 5G network after a 4G network and a next-generation communication technology, for example, a new radio access technology (NR). NR access technology includes high-speed transmission of high-capacity data (eMBB (enhanced mobile broadband)), minimization of terminal power and access to multiple terminals (mMTC (massive machine type communications)), or high reliability and low latency (URLLC (ultra-reliable and low-latency) -latency communications)). The wireless communication module 1092 may support a high frequency band (eg, mmWave band) to achieve a high data rate, for example. The wireless communication module 1092 uses various technologies for securing performance in a high-frequency band, for example, beamforming, massive multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO), all-dimensional multiplexing. It may support technologies such as full dimensional MIMO (FD-MIMO), an array antenna, analog beam-forming, or a large scale antenna. The wireless communication module 1092 may support various requirements specified in the electronic device 1001 , an external electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1004 ), or a network system (eg, the second network 1099 ). According to an embodiment, the wireless communication module 1092 may include a peak data rate (eg, 20 Gbps or more) for realizing eMBB, loss coverage (eg, 164 dB or less) for realizing mMTC, or U-plane latency for realizing URLLC ( Example: downlink (DL) and uplink (UL) each 0.5 ms or less, or round trip 1 ms or less).

ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1097)ė€ ė‹ í˜¸ 또는 ė „ë Ĩė„ 뙏ëļ€(똈: 뙏ëļ€ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜)로 ė†Ąė‹ í•˜ęą°ë‚˜ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœëļ€í„° ėˆ˜ė‹ í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1097)ė€ ė„œë¸ŒėŠ¤íŠ¸ë ˆė´íŠ¸(똈: PCB) ėœ„ė— í˜•ė„ąëœ ë„ė „ė˛´ 또는 ë„ė „ė„ą 패턴ėœŧ로 ė´ëŖ¨ė–´ė§„ ë°Šė‚Ŧ랴ëĨŧ íŦ함하는 ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1097)ė€ ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ë“¤(똈: ė–´ë ˆė´ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ëŸ° ę˛Ŋ뚰, 렜 1 ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ(1098) 또는 렜 2 ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ(1099)뙀 ę°™ė€ í†ĩė‹  ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦė—ė„œ ė‚ŦėšŠë˜ëŠ” í†ĩė‹  ë°Šė‹ė— ė í•Ší•œ ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ę°€, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1090)뗐 ė˜í•˜ė—Ŧ 냁揰 ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ë“¤ëĄœëļ€í„° ė„ íƒë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė‹ í˜¸ 또는 ė „ë Ĩė€ 냁揰 ė„ íƒëœ ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ëĨŧ í†ĩ하ė—Ŧ í†ĩė‹  ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1090)ęŗŧ 뙏ëļ€ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ 氄뗐 ė†Ąė‹ ë˜ęą°ë‚˜ ėˆ˜ė‹ ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ë°Šė‚Ŧ랴 ė´ė™¸ė— 다ëĨ¸ ëļ€í’ˆ(똈: RFIC(radio frequency integrated circuit))ė´ ėļ”ę°€ëĄœ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1097)ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëĄœ í˜•ė„ąë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. The antenna module 1097 may transmit or receive a signal or power to the outside (eg, an external electronic device). According to an embodiment, the antenna module 1097 may include an antenna including a conductor formed on a substrate (eg, a PCB) or a radiator formed of a conductive pattern. According to an embodiment, the antenna module 1097 may include a plurality of antennas (eg, an array antenna). In this case, at least one antenna suitable for a communication method used in a communication network such as the first network 1098 or the second network 1099 is connected from the plurality of antennas by, for example, the communication module 1090 . can be selected. A signal or power may be transmitted or received between the communication module 1090 and an external electronic device through the selected at least one antenna. According to some embodiments, other components (eg, a radio frequency integrated circuit (RFIC)) other than the radiator may be additionally formed as a part of the antenna module 1097 .

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1097)ė€ mmWave ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ëĒ¨ë“ˆė„ í˜•ė„ąí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, mmWave ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ëĒ¨ë“ˆė€ ė¸ė‡„ 회로 기판, 냁揰 ė¸ė‡„ 회로 ę¸°íŒė˜ 렜 1 늴(똈: ė•„ëž˜ 늴)뗐 또는 掏뗐 ė¸ė ‘í•˜ė—Ŧ ë°°ėš˜ë˜ęŗ  ė§€ė •ëœ ęŗ ėŖŧ파 ëŒ€ė—­(똈: mmWave ëŒ€ė—­)ė„ ė§€ė›í•  눘 ėžˆëŠ” RFIC, 및 냁揰 ė¸ė‡„ 회로 ę¸°íŒė˜ 렜 2 늴(똈: ėœ— 늴 또는 ė¸Ą 늴)뗐 또는 掏뗐 ė¸ė ‘í•˜ė—Ŧ ë°°ėš˜ë˜ęŗ  냁揰 ė§€ė •ëœ ęŗ ėŖŧ파 ëŒ€ė—­ė˜ ė‹ í˜¸ëĨŧ ė†Ąė‹  또는 ėˆ˜ė‹ í•  눘 ėžˆëŠ” ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ë“¤(똈: ė–´ë ˆė´ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, the antenna module 1097 may form a mmWave antenna module. According to one embodiment, the mmWave antenna module comprises a printed circuit board, an RFIC disposed on or adjacent to a first side (eg, bottom side) of the printed circuit board and capable of supporting a designated high frequency band (eg, mmWave band); and a plurality of antennas (eg, an array antenna) disposed on or adjacent to a second side (eg, top or side) of the printed circuit board and capable of transmitting or receiving signals of the designated high frequency band. can do.

냁揰 ęĩŦė„ąėš”ė†Œë“¤ 뤑 ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëŠ” ėŖŧëŗ€ 기기들간 í†ĩė‹  ë°Šė‹(똈: ë˛„ėŠ¤, GPIO(general purpose input and output), SPI(serial peripheral interface), 또는 MIPI(mobile industry processor interface))ė„ í†ĩ해 ė„œëĄœ ė—°ę˛°ë˜ęŗ  ė‹ í˜¸(똈: ëĒ…ë š 또는 ë°ė´í„°)ëĨŧ ėƒí˜¸ę°„ė— ęĩí™˜í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.At least some of the components are connected to each other through a communication method between peripheral devices (eg, a bus, general purpose input and output (GPIO), serial peripheral interface (SPI), or mobile industry processor interface (MIPI)) and a signal ( eg commands or data) can be exchanged with each other.

ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ëĒ…ë š 또는 ë°ė´í„°ëŠ” 렜 2 ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ(1099)뗐 ė—°ę˛°ëœ ė„œë˛„(1008)ëĨŧ í†ĩí•´ė„œ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)뙀 뙏ëļ€ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1004)氄뗐 ė†Ąė‹  또는 ėˆ˜ė‹ ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 뙏ëļ€ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1002, 또는 1004) ę°ę°ė€ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)뙀 동ėŧ한 또는 다ëĨ¸ ėĸ…ëĨ˜ė˜ ėžĨėš˜ėŧ 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)ė—ė„œ ė‹¤í–‰ë˜ëŠ” ë™ėž‘ë“¤ė˜ ė „ëļ€ ë˜ëŠ” ėŧëļ€ëŠ” 뙏ëļ€ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ë“¤(1002, 1004, 또는 1008) 뤑 하나 ė´ėƒė˜ 뙏ëļ€ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ë“¤ė—ė„œ ė‹¤í–‰ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ 들면, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)가 ė–´ë–¤ 기ëŠĨė´ë‚˜ ė„œëš„ėŠ¤ëĨŧ ėžë™ėœŧ로, 또는 ė‚ŦėšŠėž 또는 다ëĨ¸ ėžĨėš˜ëĄœëļ€í„°ė˜ ėš”ė˛­ė— ë°˜ė‘í•˜ė—Ŧ ėˆ˜í–‰í•´ė•ŧ 할 ę˛Ŋėš°ė—, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)는 기ëŠĨ 또는 ė„œëš„ėŠ¤ëĨŧ ėžė˛´ė ėœŧ로 ė‹¤í–‰ė‹œí‚¤ëŠ” ëŒ€ė‹ ė— 또는 ėļ”氀렁ėœŧ로, 하나 ė´ėƒė˜ 뙏ëļ€ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ë“¤ė—ę˛Œ ꡸ 기ëŠĨ 또는 ꡸ ė„œëš„ėŠ¤ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëĨŧ ėˆ˜í–‰í•˜ëŧęŗ  ėš”ė˛­í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 냁揰 ėš”ė˛­ė„ ėˆ˜ė‹ í•œ 하나 ė´ėƒė˜ 뙏ëļ€ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ë“¤ė€ ėš”ė˛­ëœ 기ëŠĨ 또는 ė„œëš„ėŠ¤ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€, 또는 냁揰 ėš”ė˛­ęŗŧ 관련된 ėļ”ę°€ 기ëŠĨ 또는 ė„œëš„ėŠ¤ëĨŧ ė‹¤í–‰í•˜ęŗ , ꡸ ė‹¤í–‰ė˜ 결ęŗŧëĨŧ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)로 ė „ë‹Ŧ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)는 냁揰 결ęŗŧëĨŧ, 그대로 또는 ėļ”氀렁ėœŧ로 래ëĻŦ하ė—Ŧ, 냁揰 ėš”ė˛­ė— 대한 ė‘ë‹ĩė˜ ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëĄœė„œ 렜ęŗĩ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ëĨŧ ėœ„í•˜ė—Ŧ, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, 클ëŧėš°ë“œ ėģ´í“¨íŒ…, ëļ„ė‚° ėģ´í“¨íŒ…, ëĒ¨ë°”ėŧ 뗐맀 ėģ´í“¨íŒ…(MEC: mobile edge computing), 또는 클ëŧė´ė–¸íŠ¸-ė„œë˛„ ėģ´í“¨íŒ… ę¸°ėˆ ė´ ė´ėšŠë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)는, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ëļ„ė‚° ėģ´í“¨íŒ… 또는 ëĒ¨ë°”ėŧ 뗐맀 ėģ´í“¨íŒ…ė„ ė´ėšŠí•˜ė—Ŧ ė´ˆė €ė§€ė—° ė„œëš„ėŠ¤ëĨŧ 렜ęŗĩ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 다ëĨ¸ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ, 뙏ëļ€ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1004)는 IoT(internet of things) 기기ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė„œë˛„(1008)는 揰溄 학ėŠĩ 및/또는 ė‹ ę˛Ŋë§ė„ ė´ėšŠí•œ ė§€ëŠĨ형 ė„œë˛„ėŧ 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėŧė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 뙏ëļ€ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1004) 또는 ė„œë˛„(1008)는 렜 2 ë„¤íŠ¸ė›ŒíŦ(1099) ë‚´ė— íŦ함될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001)는 5G í†ĩė‹  揰눠 및 IoT 관련 ę¸°ėˆ ė„ 기반ėœŧ로 ė§€ëŠĨ형 ė„œëš„ėŠ¤(똈: ėŠ¤ë§ˆíŠ¸ 홈, ėŠ¤ë§ˆíŠ¸ ė‹œí‹°, ėŠ¤ë§ˆíŠ¸ ėš´, 또는 í—Ŧ늤 ėŧ€ė–´)뗐 ė ėšŠë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to an embodiment, a command or data may be transmitted or received between the electronic device 1001 and the external electronic device 1004 through the server 1008 connected to the second network 1099 . Each of the external electronic devices 1002 and 1004 may be the same as or different from the electronic device 1001 . According to an embodiment, all or a part of operations executed in the electronic device 1001 may be executed in one or more external electronic devices 1002 , 1004 , or 1008 . For example, when the electronic device 1001 needs to perform a function or service automatically or in response to a request from a user or other device, the electronic device 1001 performs the function or service by itself instead of executing the function or service itself. Alternatively or additionally, one or more external electronic devices may be requested to perform at least a part of the function or the service. One or more external electronic devices that have received the request may execute at least a part of the requested function or service, or an additional function or service related to the request, and transmit a result of the execution to the electronic device 1001 . The electronic device 1001 may process the result as it is or additionally and provide it as at least a part of a response to the request. For this, for example, cloud computing, distributed computing, mobile edge computing (MEC), or client-server computing technology may be used. The electronic device 1001 may provide an ultra-low latency service using, for example, distributed computing or mobile edge computing. In another embodiment, the external electronic device 1004 may include an Internet of things (IoT) device. Server 1008 may be an intelligent server using machine learning and/or neural networks. According to an embodiment, the external electronic device 1004 or the server 1008 may be included in the second network 1099 . The electronic device 1001 may be applied to an intelligent service (eg, smart home, smart city, smart car, or health care) based on 5G communication technology and IoT-related technology.

도 2ė€ ëŗ¸ ëŦ¸ė„œė— ę°œė‹œëœ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)(똈: 도 1ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001))ëĨŧ 나타내는 도면ėœŧëĄœė„œ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)(똈: 도 1ė˜ ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060))ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëļ„(똈:렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2))ė´ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 ėˆ˜ë‚Šëœ ėƒíƒœëĨŧ 나타내는 ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤. 도 3ė€ ëŗ¸ ëŦ¸ė„œė— ę°œė‹œëœ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)(똈: 도 1ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001))ëĨŧ 나타내는 도면ėœŧëĄœė„œ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)(똈: 도 1ė˜ ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060))ė˜ 대ëļ€ëļ„ė´ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ ė‹œę°ė ėœŧ로 노ėļœëœ ėƒíƒœëĨŧ 나타내는 ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an electronic device 100 (eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 ) according to various embodiments disclosed herein, and a flexible display 103 (eg, the display module 1060 of FIG. 1 ) ) is a view showing a state in which a portion (eg, the second area A2 ) is accommodated in the second structure 102 . 3 is a diagram illustrating an electronic device 100 (eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 ) according to various embodiments disclosed herein, and a flexible display 103 (eg, the display module 1060 of FIG. 1 ) ) is a view showing a state in which most of the second structure 102 is visually exposed to the outside.

도 2뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ėƒíƒœëŠ” 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 대하ė—Ŧ 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė´ íė‡„(closed)된 것ėœŧ로 ė •ė˜ë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 도 3뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ėƒíƒœëŠ” 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 대하ė—Ŧ 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė´ 개방(open)된 것ėœŧ로 ė •ė˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, "íė‡„ëœ ėƒíƒœ" 또는 "개방된 ėƒíƒœ"는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ę°€ íė‡„ë˜ęą°ë‚˜ 개방된 ėƒíƒœëĄœ ė •ė˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 기반ėœŧ로, íė‡„ëœ ėƒíƒœëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)가 "ėļ•ė†Œëœ ėƒíƒœ"로 ė§€ėš­ë  눘 ėžˆęŗ , 개방된 ėƒíƒœëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)가 "확ėžĨ된 ėƒíƒœ"로 ė§€ėš­ë  ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤.The state shown in FIG. 2 may be defined as that the first structure 101 is closed with respect to the second structure 102 , and the state shown in FIG. 3 is the first structure 102 with respect to the second structure 102 . Structure 101 may be defined as open. According to an embodiment, the “closed state” or “open state” may be defined as a state in which the electronic device is closed or opened. According to various embodiments, based on the exposed area of the flexible display 103, the closed state may be referred to as a "reduced state" of the flexible display 103, and the open state may indicate that the flexible display 103 is " It may also be referred to as an “extended state”.

ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)는 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ęŗŧ 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė—ė„œ ė´ë™ 가ëŠĨ하게 ë°°ėš˜ë˜ëŠ” 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œëŠ”, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)ė—ė„œ 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė´ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102) ėƒė—ė„œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ ė´ë™ 가ëŠĨ하게 ë°°ėš˜ëœ ęĩŦėĄ°ëĄœ ė´í•´ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, íė‡„ëœ ėƒíƒœė™€ 개방된 ėƒíƒœ ė‚Ŧė´ė—ė„œ 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė€ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė„ 揰뤀ėœŧ로 ë„ė‹œëœ ë°Ší–Ĩ, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, í™”ė‚´í‘œ ①로 ė§€ė‹œëœ ë°Ší–Ĩėœŧ로 뙕ëŗĩ ėš´ë™ė´ 가ëŠĨ하게 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. The electronic device 100 may include a first structure 101 and a second structure 102 movably disposed in the first structure 101 . In some embodiments, it may be understood as a structure in which the first structure 101 is slidably disposed on the second structure 102 in the electronic device 100 . According to one embodiment, between the closed state and the open state, the first structure 101 can reciprocate in the direction shown with respect to the second structure 102, for example, in the direction indicated by the arrow ①. can be arranged.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė€ 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a)(똈: ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸)ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a)ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëļ„ė„ íŦ함하ė—Ŧ í˜•ė„ąëœ 렜1 늴(F1; 도 4 ė°¸ėĄ°) 및 렜1 늴(F1)ęŗŧ 반대 ë°Ší–Ĩėœŧ로 í–Ĩ하는 렜2 늴(F2)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė€ 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a; 도 4 ė°¸ėĄ°)(똈: 후면 ėŧ€ė´ėФ), 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)ė—ė„œ ė—°ėžĨ된 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a), 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a)ęŗŧ 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)ė—ė„œ ė—°ėžĨ된 렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123b) 및 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a)ęŗŧ 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)ė—ė„œ ė—°ėžĨë˜ęŗ , 렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123b)뗐 평행한 렜3 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123c), 및/또는 후면 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121b)(똈: ëĻŦė–´ ėœˆë„ėš°)ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, 렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123b)ęŗŧ 렜3 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123c)ė€ 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a)ęŗŧ ėˆ˜ė§í•˜ę˛Œ í˜•ė„ąë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a), 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a), 렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123b) 및 렜3 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123c)ė€ 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëĨŧ ėˆ˜ėšŠí•˜ë„ëĄ(또는 ę°ė‹¸ë„ëĄ) ėŧė¸Ą(똈: ė „ëŠ´(front face))ė´ ė˜¤í”ˆë˜ę˛Œ í˜•ė„ąí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ėģ¨ëŒ€, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė€ ė ė–´ë„ ëļ€ëļ„렁ėœŧ로 ę°ė‹¸ė§€ëŠ” ėƒíƒœëĄœ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 결합하며, 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ ė•ˆë‚´ëĨŧ 받ėœŧëŠ´ė„œ 렜1 늴(F1) 또는 렜2 늴(F2)ęŗŧ 평행한 ë°Ší–Ĩ, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, í™”ė‚´í‘œ ① ë°Ší–Ĩėœŧ로 ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ ė´ë™í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the first structure 101 may include a first plate 111a (eg, a slide plate), the first surface F1 formed including at least a portion of the first plate 111a; 4) and a second surface F2 facing in a direction opposite to the first surface F1 may be included. According to an embodiment, the second structure 102 includes a second plate 121a (refer to FIG. 4 ) (eg, a rear case), a first sidewall 123a extending from the second plate 121a, a first sidewall ( 123a) and a second sidewall 123b extending from the second plate 121a, and a third sidewall 123c extending from the first sidewall 123a and the second plate 121a and parallel to the second sidewall 123b. ), and/or a rear plate 121b (eg, a rear window). In some embodiments, the second sidewall 123b and the third sidewall 123c may be formed perpendicular to the first sidewall 123a. According to one embodiment, the second plate 121a , the first sidewall 123a , the second sidewall 123b , and the third sidewall 123c are configured to receive (or surround) at least a portion of the first structure 101 . ) one side (eg, a front face) may be formed to be open. For example, the first structure 101 is coupled to the second structure 102 in a state where it is at least partially wrapped, and the first surface F1 or the second surface F2 and the first surface F1 or F2 while being guided by the second structure 102 . It can slide in a parallel direction, for example, in the direction of the arrow ①.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123b) 또는 렜3 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123c)ė€ ėƒëžĩ될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a), 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a), 렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123b) 및/또는 렜3 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123c)ė€ ëŗ„ę°œė˜ ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ로 í˜•ė„ąë˜ė–´ 결합 또는 ėĄ°ëĻŊ될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 후면 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121b)는 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëĨŧ ę°ė‹¸ę˛Œ 결합할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, 후면 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121b)는 ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)뙀 ėŧė˛´í˜•ėœŧ로 í˜•ė„ąë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a) 또는 후면 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121b)는 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëĨŧ ëŽė„ 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ėģ¨ëŒ€, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)는 ė ė–´ë„ ëļ€ëļ„렁ėœŧ로 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 내ëļ€ëĄœ ėˆ˜ë‚Šë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a) 또는 후면 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121b)는 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 내ëļ€ëĄœ ėˆ˜ë‚Šëœ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ ėŧëļ€(똈: 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2))ëĨŧ ëŽė„ 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the second sidewall 123b or the third sidewall 123c may be omitted. According to one embodiment, the second plate 121a, the first sidewall 123a, the second sidewall 123b, and/or the third sidewall 123c may be formed as separate structures and combined or assembled. The rear plate 121b may be coupled to surround at least a portion of the second plate 121a. In some embodiments, the rear plate 121b may be formed substantially integrally with the second plate 121a. According to an embodiment, the second plate 121a or the rear plate 121b may cover at least a portion of the flexible display 103 . For example, the flexible display 103 may be at least partially accommodated inside the second structure 102 , and the second plate 121a or the rear plate 121b may be accommodated inside the second structure 102 . A portion of the display 103 (eg, the second area A2 ) may be covered.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė€ 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)(똈: 후면 ėŧ€ė´ėФ) 및 렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123b)뗐 평행한 렜1 ë°Ší–Ĩ(똈: ① ë°Ší–Ĩ)ėœŧ로 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 대하ė—Ŧ 개방 ėƒíƒœ 및 íė‡„ ėƒíƒœëĄœ ė´ë™ 가ëŠĨ하며, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė´ íė‡„ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a)(똈: 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋëļ€(123a-1))ėœŧ로ëļ€í„° 렜1 ęą°ëĻŦ뗐 놓ė—Ŧ맀溠, 개방 ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a)(똈: 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋëļ€(123a-1))ėœŧ로ëļ€í„° 렜1 ęą°ëĻŦëŗ´ë‹¤ 큰 렜2 ęą°ëĻŦ뗐 놓ė—Ŧė§€ë„ëĄ ė´ë™í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, íė‡„ ėƒíƒœėŧ 때, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė€ 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a)(똈: 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋëļ€(123a-1))ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëļ„ė„ ę°ė‹¸ę˛Œ ėœ„ėš˜í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the first structure 101 may move the second structure 102 in a first direction (eg, direction ①) parallel to the second plate 121a (eg, the rear case) and the second sidewall 123b. ) is movable in an open state and a closed state, and the first structure 101 is placed at a first distance from the first sidewall 123a (eg, the first sidewall part 123a-1) in the closed state, In the open state, it may move to be placed at a second distance greater than the first distance from the first sidewall 123a (eg, the first sidewall part 123a-1). In some embodiments, in the closed state, the first structure 101 may be positioned to surround a portion of the first sidewall 123a (eg, the first sidewall portion 123a-1).

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)는 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103), 키 ėž…ë Ĩ ėžĨėš˜(141), ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터 홀(143), ė˜¤ë””ė˜¤ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(145a, 145b, 147a, 147b) 또는 ėš´ëŠ”ëŧ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(149)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë„ė‹œë˜ė§€ëŠ” ė•Šė§€ë§Œ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)는 ė¸ë””ėŧ€ė´í„°(똈: LED ėžĨėš˜) 또는 각ėĸ… ė„ŧė„œ ëĒ¨ë“ˆė„ 더 íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include a display 103 , a key input device 141 , a connector hole 143 , audio modules 145a , 145b , 147a , 147b , or a camera module 149 . can Although not shown, the electronic device 100 may further include an indicator (eg, an LED device) or various sensor modules.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)는 렜1 ė˜ė—­(A1)ęŗŧ 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, 렜1 ė˜ė—­(A1)ė€ ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 렜1 늴(F1)ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëĨŧ ę°€ëĄœė§ˆëŸŦ ė—°ėžĨë˜ė–´ 렜1 늴(F1)뗐 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė€ 렜1 ė˜ė—­(A1)ėœŧ로ëļ€í„° ė—°ėžĨ되늰, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė˜ ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ ė´ë™ė— 따ëŧ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)(똈: í•˜ėš°ė§•)ė˜ 내ëļ€ëĄœ ė‚Ŋėž… 또는 ėˆ˜ėšŠë˜ęą°ë‚˜, 냁揰 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ ė‹œę°ė ėœŧ로 노ėļœë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. í›„ėˆ í•˜ę˛ ė§€ë§Œ, 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė€ ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 ėžĨė°Šëœ 륤ëŸŦ(151; 도 4 ė°¸ėĄ°)ė˜ ė•ˆë‚´ëĨŧ 받ėœŧëŠ´ė„œ ė´ë™í•˜ė—Ŧ 냁揰 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 내ëļ€ëĄœ ėˆ˜ë‚Šë˜ęą°ë‚˜ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ ė‹œę°ė ėœŧ로 노ėļœë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ėģ¨ëŒ€, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė´ ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ ė´ë™í•˜ëŠ” ë™ė•ˆ 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëļ„ė´ 륤ëŸŦ(151)뗐 ëŒ€ė‘í•˜ëŠ” ėœ„ėš˜ė—ė„œ ęŗĄëŠ´ 형태로 ëŗ€í˜•ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the display 103 may include a first area A1 and a second area A2 . In one embodiment, the first area A1 may extend substantially across at least a portion of the first surface F1 to be disposed on the first surface F1 . The second area A2 extends from the first area A1 and is inserted or accommodated into the second structure 102 (eg, a housing) according to the sliding movement of the first structure 101 , or the second area A2 . It may be visually exposed to the outside of the structure 102 . As will be described later, the second area A2 is substantially moved while being guided by a roller 151 (refer to FIG. 4 ) mounted on the second structure 102 to be accommodated inside the second structure 102 or visually can be exposed as For example, while the first structure 101 slides, a portion of the second area A2 may be deformed into a curved shape at a position corresponding to the roller 151 .

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a)(똈: ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸)ė˜ 냁ëļ€ė—ė„œ 바ëŧëŗŧ 때, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė´ íė‡„ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ 개방 ėƒíƒœëĄœ ė´ë™í•˜ëŠ´, 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė´ 렐밍 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ ė‹œę°ė ėœŧ로 노ėļœë˜ëŠ´ė„œ 렜1 ė˜ė—­(A1)ęŗŧ 함ęģ˜ ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 í‰ëŠ´ė„ í˜•ė„ąí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)는 í„°ėš˜ 氐맀 회로, í„°ėš˜ė˜ 넏揰(ė••ë Ĩ)ė„ ė¸Ąė •í•  눘 ėžˆëŠ” ė••ë Ĩ ė„ŧė„œ, 및/또는 ėžę¸°ėžĨ ë°Šė‹ė˜ ėŠ¤íƒ€ėŧëŸŦ늤 íŽœė„ 검ėļœí•˜ëŠ” ë””ė§€íƒ€ė´ė €ė™€ 결합되거나 ė¸ė ‘í•˜ė—Ŧ ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė€ ė ė–´ë„ ëļ€ëļ„렁ėœŧ로 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 내ëļ€ëĄœ ėˆ˜ë‚Šë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 도 1뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ėƒíƒœ(똈: íė‡„ ėƒíƒœ)ė—ė„œë„ 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëŠ” 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ ė‹œę°ė ėœŧ로 노ėļœë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, íė‡„ ėƒíƒœ 또는 개방 ėƒíƒœė™€ ëŦ´ę´€í•˜ę˛Œ, ė‹œę°ė ėœŧ로 노ėļœëœ 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëŠ” 륤ëŸŦ(151) ėƒė— ėœ„ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 륤ëŸŦ(151)뗐 ëŒ€ė‘í•˜ëŠ” ėœ„ėš˜ė—ė„œ 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëŠ” ęŗĄëŠ´ 형태ëĨŧ ėœ ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, when viewed from the top of the first plate 111a (eg, a slide plate), when the first structure 101 moves from the closed state to the open state, the second area A2 gradually becomes the second region A2. 2 While being visually exposed to the outside of the structure 102 , a substantially plane may be formed together with the first area A1 . The display 103 may be coupled to or disposed adjacent to a touch sensing circuit, a pressure sensor capable of measuring the intensity (pressure) of a touch, and/or a digitizer that detects a magnetic field type stylus pen. In one embodiment, the second area A2 may be at least partially accommodated in the interior of the second structure 102 , and a portion of the second area A2 may be in a state (eg, a closed state) shown in FIG. 1 . can be visually exposed to the outside. In some embodiments, irrespective of the closed state or the open state, a portion of the visually exposed second area A2 may be located on the roller 151 , and at a position corresponding to the roller 151 , the second area A part of (A2) may maintain a curved shape.

키 ėž…ë Ĩ ėžĨėš˜(141)는 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123b) 또는 렜3 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123c)뗐 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė™¸ę´€ė´ë‚˜ ė‚ŦėšŠ ėƒíƒœëĨŧ ęŗ ë ¤í•˜ė—Ŧ, ë„ė‹œëœ 키 ėž…ë Ĩ ėžĨėš˜(141)가 ėƒëžĩ되거나, ėļ”ę°€ė˜ 키 ėž…ë Ĩ ėžĨėš˜(들)ė„ íŦ함하도록 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)가 ė œėž‘ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)는 ë„ė‹œë˜ė§€ ė•Šė€ 키 ėž…ë Ĩ ėžĨėš˜, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, 홈 키 버íŠŧ, 또는 홈 키 버íŠŧ ėŖŧëŗ€ė— ë°°ėš˜ë˜ëŠ” í„°ėš˜ 패드ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 다ëĨ¸ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 키 ėž…ë Ĩ ėžĨėš˜(141)ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëŠ” 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė˜ ėŧ ė˜ė—­ė— ėœ„ėš˜í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.The key input device 141 may be disposed on the second sidewall 123b or the third sidewall 123c of the second structure 102 . In consideration of the external appearance or usage state, the illustrated key input device 141 may be omitted or the electronic device 100 may be manufactured to include additional key input device(s). In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include a key input device (not shown), for example, a home key button or a touch pad disposed around the home key button. According to another embodiment, at least a portion of the key input device 141 may be located in one area of the first structure 101 .

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터 홀(143)ė€, ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ ėƒëžĩ될 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 뙏ëļ€ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė™€ ė „ë Ĩ 및/또는 ë°ė´í„°ëĨŧ ė†Ąėˆ˜ė‹ í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터(똈: USB ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터)ëĨŧ ėˆ˜ėšŠí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë„ė‹œë˜ė§€ ė•Šė§€ë§Œ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)는 ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터 홀(143)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터 홀(143) 뤑 ėŧëļ€ëŠ” 뙏ëļ€ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė™€ ė˜¤ë””ė˜¤ ė‹ í˜¸ëĨŧ ė†Ąėˆ˜ė‹ í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터 í™€ëĄœė„œ 기ëŠĨ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë„ė‹œëœ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터 홀(143)ė€ 렜3 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123c)뗐 ë°°ėš˜ë˜ė–´ ėžˆė§€ë§Œ, ëŗ¸ 발ëĒ…ė´ ė´ė— í•œė •ë˜ė§€ ė•ŠėŒė— ėœ ė˜í•œë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터 홀(143) 또는 ë„ė‹œë˜ė§€ ė•Šė€ ėļ”ę°€ė˜ ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터 í™€ė´ 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a) 또는 렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123b)뗐 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the connector hole 143 may be omitted, and may accommodate a connector (eg, a USB connector) for transmitting and receiving power and/or data to and from an external electronic device. Although not shown, the electronic device 100 may include a plurality of connector holes 143 , and some of the plurality of connector holes 143 may function as connector holes for transmitting and receiving audio signals to and from an external electronic device. . In the illustrated embodiment, the connector hole 143 is disposed on the third side wall 123c, but it should be noted that the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, a connector hole 143 or an additional connector hole not shown may be disposed in the first sidewall 123a or the second sidewall 123b.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė˜¤ë””ė˜¤ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(145a, 145b, 147a, 147b)ė€ 늤í”ŧėģ¤ í™€(145a, 145b), 또는 ë§ˆė´íŦ 홀(147a, 147b)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 늤í”ŧėģ¤ í™€(145a, 145b) 뤑 하나는 ėŒė„ą í†ĩí™”ėšŠ ëĻŦė‹œë˛„ í™€ëĄœė„œ 렜ęŗĩ될 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 다ëĨ¸ 하나는 뙏ëļ€ ėŠ¤í”ŧėģ¤ í™€ëĄœė„œ 렜ęŗĩ될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë§ˆė´íŦ 홀(147a, 147b)ė€ 뙏ëļ€ė˜ ė†ŒëĻŦëĨŧ 획득하기 ėœ„í•œ ë§ˆė´íŦ가 내ëļ€ė— ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆęŗ , ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œëŠ” ė†ŒëĻŦė˜ ë°Ší–Ĩė„ ę°ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë„ëĄ ëŗĩ눘 ę°œė˜ ë§ˆė´íŦ가 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œëŠ”, 늤í”ŧėģ¤ í™€(145a, 145b)ęŗŧ ë§ˆė´íŦ 홀(147a, 147b)ė´ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ 홀로 ęĩŦ현되거나, 늤í”ŧėģ¤ í™€(145a, 145b) ė—†ė´ 늤í”ŧėģ¤ę°€ íŦ함될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.(똈: í”ŧė—ėĄ° 늤í”ŧėģ¤) 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė°¸ėĄ°ë˛ˆí˜¸ "145b"로 ė§€ė‹œëœ 늤í”ŧėģ¤ í™€ė€ 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)뗐 ë°°ėš˜ë˜ė–´ ėŒė„ą í†ĩí™”ėšŠ ëĻŦė‹œë˛„ 홀로 í™œėšŠë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ė°¸ėĄ°ë˛ˆí˜¸ "145a"로 ė§€ė‹œëœ 늤í”ŧėģ¤ í™€(똈: 뙏ëļ€ ėŠ¤í”ŧėģ¤ í™€), 또는 ë§ˆė´íŦ 홀(147a, 147b)ė€ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)(똈: ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ들(123a, 123b, 123c) 뤑 하나)뗐 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the audio modules 145a, 145b, 147a, and 147b may include speaker holes 145a and 145b or microphone holes 147a and 147b. One of the speaker holes 145a and 145b may be provided as a receiver hole for a voice call, and the other may be provided as an external speaker hole. In the microphone holes 147a and 147b, a microphone for acquiring an external sound may be disposed therein, and in some embodiments, a plurality of microphones may be disposed to detect the direction of the sound. In some embodiments, the speaker holes 145a and 145b and the microphone holes 147a and 147b may be implemented as a single hole, or a speaker may be included without the speaker holes 145a and 145b. (eg, a piezo speaker) One embodiment According to , the speaker hole indicated by the reference number "145b" is disposed in the first structure 101 and can be used as a receiver hole for a voice call, and the speaker hole indicated by the reference number "145a" (eg, an external speaker hole) , or the microphone holes 147a and 147b may be disposed in the second structure 102 (eg, one of the sidewalls 123a, 123b, and 123c).

ėš´ëŠ”ëŧ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(149)ė€ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 렜ęŗĩ되늰 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ 렜1 ė˜ė—­(A1)ęŗŧ는 반대 ë°Ší–Ĩė—ė„œ í”ŧė‚Ŧ랴ëĨŧ ė´Ŧė˜í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)는 ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ ėš´ëŠ”ëŧ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(149)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ėģ¨ëŒ€, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)는 광각 ėš´ëŠ”ëŧ, ë§ė› ėš´ëŠ”ëŧ 또는 ė ‘ė‚Ŧ ėš´ëŠ”ëŧëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, 렁뙏넠 í”„ëĄœė í„° 및/또는 렁뙏넠 ėˆ˜ė‹ ę¸°ëĨŧ íŦ함함ėœŧëĄœė¨ í”ŧė‚Ŧė˛´ęšŒė§€ė˜ ęą°ëĻŦëĨŧ ė¸Ąė •í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėš´ëŠ”ëŧ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(149)ė€ 하나 또는 ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ 렌ėĻˆë“¤, ė´ë¯¸ė§€ ė„ŧė„œ, 및/또는 ė´ë¯¸ė§€ ė‹œęˇ¸ë„ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë„ė‹œë˜ė§€ëŠ” ė•Šė§€ë§Œ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)는 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ 렜1 ė˜ė—­(A1)ęŗŧ 동ėŧ한 ë°Ší–Ĩė—ė„œ í”ŧė‚Ŧ랴ëĨŧ ė´Ŧė˜í•˜ëŠ” ėš´ëŠ”ëŧ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(똈: ė „ëŠ´ ėš´ëŠ”ëŧ)ė„ 더 íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ëŠ´ ėš´ëŠ”ëŧ는 렜1 ė˜ė—­(A1)ė˜ ėŖŧėœ„ė— 또는 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ęŗŧ ė¤‘ė˛Ší•˜ëŠ” ė˜ė—­ė— ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ęŗŧ ė¤‘ė˛Ší•˜ëŠ” ė˜ė—­ė— ë°°ėš˜ëœ ę˛Ŋ뚰 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ëĨŧ íˆŦęŗŧ하ė—Ŧ í”ŧė‚Ŧ랴ëĨŧ ė´Ŧė˜í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. The camera module 149 is provided in the second structure 102 and may photograph a subject in a direction opposite to the first area A1 of the display 103 . The electronic device 100 may include a plurality of camera modules 149 . For example, the electronic device 100 may include a wide-angle camera, a telephoto camera, or a close-up camera, and according to an embodiment, may measure a distance to a subject by including an infrared projector and/or an infrared receiver. The camera module 149 may include one or more lenses, an image sensor, and/or an image signal processor. Although not shown, the electronic device 100 may further include a camera module (eg, a front camera) for photographing a subject in the same direction as the first area A1 of the display 103 . For example, the front camera may be disposed around the first area A1 or in an area overlapping the display 103 , and when disposed in an area overlapping the display 103 , transmits the display 103 to You can take a picture of a subject.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)ė˜ ė¸ë””ėŧ€ė´í„°(ë¯¸ë„ė‹œ)는 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101) 또는 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 발광 ë‹¤ė´ė˜¤ë“œëĨŧ íŦ함함ėœŧëĄœė¨ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)ė˜ ėƒíƒœ ė •ëŗ´ëĨŧ ė‹œę°ė ė¸ ė‹ í˜¸ëĄœ 렜ęŗĩ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)ė˜ ė„ŧė„œ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(ë¯¸ë„ė‹œ)ė€, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)ė˜ 내ëļ€ė˜ ėž‘ë™ ėƒíƒœ, 또는 뙏ëļ€ė˜ 환ę˛Ŋ ėƒíƒœė— ëŒ€ė‘í•˜ëŠ” 렄揰 ė‹ í˜¸ 또는 ë°ė´í„° ę°’ė„ ėƒė„ąí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė„ŧė„œ ëĒ¨ë“ˆė€, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ęˇŧė ‘ ė„ŧė„œ, ė§€ëŦ¸ ė„ŧė„œ 또는 ėƒė˛´ ė„ŧė„œ(똈: í™ėą„/ė•ˆëŠ´ ė¸ė‹ ė„ŧė„œ 또는 HRM ė„ŧė„œ)ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 다ëĨ¸ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, ė„ŧė„œ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 렜늤래 ė„ŧė„œ, ėžė´ëĄœ ė„ŧė„œ, 揰땕 ė„ŧė„œ, 마그네틱 ė„ŧė„œ, ę°€ė†ë„ ė„ŧė„œ, ꡸ëĻŊ ė„ŧė„œ, ėģŦëŸŦ ė„ŧė„œ, IR(infrared) ė„ŧė„œ, ė˜¨ë„ ė„ŧė„œ, ėŠĩ도 ė„ŧė„œ, 또는 ėĄ°ë„ ė„ŧė„œ 뤑 ė ė–´ë„ 하나ëĨŧ 더 íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, an indicator (not shown) of the electronic device 100 may be disposed on the first structure 101 or the second structure 102 , and includes a light emitting diode to provide state information of the electronic device 100 . can be provided as a visual signal. A sensor module (not shown) of the electronic device 100 may generate an electrical signal or data value corresponding to an internal operating state of the electronic device 100 or an external environmental state. The sensor module may include, for example, a proximity sensor, a fingerprint sensor, or a biometric sensor (eg, an iris/face recognition sensor or an HRM sensor). In another embodiment, a sensor module, eg, at least one of a gesture sensor, a gyro sensor, a barometric pressure sensor, a magnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, a grip sensor, a color sensor, an IR (infrared) sensor, a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, or an illuminance sensor It may include one more.

도 4는 ëŗ¸ ëŦ¸ė„œė— ę°œė‹œëœ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: 도 1 또는 도 2ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜100))ëĨŧ 나타내는 ëļ„ëĻŦ ė‚Ŧė‹œë„ė´ë‹¤. 4 is an exploded perspective view illustrating an electronic device (eg, the electronic device 100 of FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 ) according to various embodiments disclosed herein.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė€ 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a)(똈: ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸), 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a)뗐 ėžĨė°Šë˜ëŠ” 렜1 브ëŧėŧ“(111b) 및/또는 렜2 브ëŧėŧ“(111c)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101), 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a), 렜1 브ëŧėŧ“(111b) 및/또는 렜2 브ëŧėŧ“(111c)ė€ ę¸ˆė† ėžŦ마 및/또는 ëš„ę¸ˆė†(똈: 폴ëĻŦ머) ėžŦė§ˆëĄœ í˜•ė„ąë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a)는 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)(똈: í•˜ėš°ė§•)뗐 ėžĨė°Šë˜ė–´ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ ė•ˆë‚´ëĨŧ 받ėœŧëŠ´ė„œ ėŧ ë°Ší–Ĩ(똈: 도 1ė˜ í™”ė‚´í‘œ ① ë°Ší–Ĩ)ėœŧ로 링넠 뙕ëŗĩ ėš´ë™í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, 렜1 브ëŧėŧ“(111b)ė€ 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a)뗐 결합하ė—Ŧ 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a)뙀 함ęģ˜ ė œ1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė˜ 렜1 늴(F1)ė„ í˜•ė„ąí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ 렜1 ė˜ė—­(A1)ė€ ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 렜1 늴(F1)뗐 ėžĨė°Šë˜ė–´ 평판 형태로 ėœ ė§€ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 렜2 브ëŧėŧ“(111c)ė€ 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a)뗐 결합하ė—Ŧ 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a)뙀 함ęģ˜ ė œ1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė˜ 렜2 늴(F2)ė„ í˜•ė„ąí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 렜1 브ëŧėŧ“(111b) 및/또는 렜2 브ëŧėŧ“(111c)ė€ 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a)뙀 ėŧė˛´í˜•ėœŧ로 í˜•ė„ąë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ëŠ” ė œėž‘ë˜ëŠ” ė œí’ˆė˜ ėĄ°ëĻŊ ęĩŦėĄ°ë‚˜ ė œėž‘ ęŗĩė •ė„ ęŗ ë ¤í•˜ė—Ŧ ė ė ˆí•˜ę˛Œ ė„¤ęŗ„ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101) 또는 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a)는 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 결합하ė—Ŧ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 대하ė—Ŧ ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ ė´ë™í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the first structure 101 includes a first plate 111a (eg, a slide plate), a first bracket 111b and/or a second bracket 111c mounted on the first plate 111a. may include The first structure 101, for example, the first plate 111a, the first bracket 111b, and/or the second bracket 111c may be formed of a metallic material and/or a non-metallic (eg, polymer) material. have. The first plate 111a is mounted on the second structure 102 (eg, a housing) and can reciprocate linearly in one direction (eg, the direction of arrow ① in FIG. 1 ) while being guided by the second structure 102 . . In one embodiment, the first bracket 111b may be coupled to the first plate 111a to form the first surface F1 of the first structure 101 together with the first plate 111a. The first area A1 of the display 103 may be substantially mounted on the first surface F1 to maintain a flat panel shape. The second bracket 111c may be coupled to the first plate 111a to form the second surface F2 of the first structure 101 together with the first plate 111a. According to one embodiment, the first bracket 111b and/or the second bracket 111c may be integrally formed with the first plate 111a. This may be appropriately designed in consideration of the assembly structure or manufacturing process of the manufactured product. The first structure 101 or the first plate 111a may be coupled to the second structure 102 to slide with respect to the second structure 102 .

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113)는, ėŧ링넠ėœŧ로 ė—°ėžĨë˜ė–´ 륤ëŸŦ(151)ė˜ íšŒė „ėļ•(R)뗐 평행하게 ë°°ėš˜ëœ ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ 봉(rod)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ëŗĩėˆ˜ė˜ ë´‰ė€ íšŒė „ėļ•(R)뗐 ėˆ˜ė§ė¸ ë°Ší–Ĩė„ 따ëŧ, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė´ ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ ė´ë™í•˜ëŠ” ë°Ší–Ĩė„ 따ëŧ ë°°ė—´ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113)는 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė˜ 한 단ëļ€ė— ė—°ę˛°ë¨ėœŧëĄœė¨, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė˜ ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ ė´ë™ė— 따ëŧ, 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 대하ė—Ŧ ė´ë™í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, íė‡„ ėƒíƒœ(똈: 도 1뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ėƒíƒœ)ė—ė„œ ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113)는 ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 내ëļ€ëĄœ ėˆ˜ë‚Šë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 개방 ėƒíƒœ(똈: 도 3뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ėƒíƒœ)ė—ė„œëŠ” 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ 뎍ėļœë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤(may be extracted). ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, íė‡„ ėƒíƒœëŧ 하더ëŧ도, ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113)ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëŠ” 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 내ëļ€ëĄœ ėˆ˜ë‚Šë˜ė§€ ė•Šė„ 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, íė‡„ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œë„, ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113)ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëŠ” 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 뙏ëļ€ė—ė„œ 륤ëŸŦ(151)뗐 ëŒ€ė‘í•˜ę˛Œ ėœ„ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the multi-joint hinge structure 113 may include a plurality of rods extending in a straight line and disposed parallel to the rotation axis R of the roller 151, and the plurality of rods may include a rotation axis ( In a direction perpendicular to R), for example, the first structure 101 may be arranged along a sliding direction. In one embodiment, the articulated hinge structure 113 is connected to one end of the first structure 101 , so that it can move with respect to the second structure 102 according to the sliding movement of the first structure 101 . For example, in a closed state (eg, the state shown in FIG. 1 ), the articulated hinge structure 113 may be substantially accommodated inside the second structure 102 , and in an open state (eg, shown in FIG. 3 ) state) may be extracted to the outside of the second structure 102 (may be extracted). In some embodiments, even in a closed state, a portion of the articulated hinge structure 113 may not be accommodated inside the second structure 102 . For example, even in a closed state, a portion of the articulated hinge structure 113 may be positioned to correspond to the roller 151 outside the second structure 102 .

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113)ė˜ ë´‰ë“¤ė€ ė¸ė ‘í•˜ëŠ” 다ëĨ¸ 봉ęŗŧ 평행한 ėƒíƒœëĨŧ ėœ ė§€í•˜ëŠ´ė„œ ė¸ė ‘í•˜ëŠ” 다ëĨ¸ ë´‰ė˜ ėŖŧėœ„ëĨŧ ė„ íšŒí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ëĄœė¨, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė˜ ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ ė´ë™ė— 따ëŧ, 륤ëŸŦ(151)뙀 마ėŖŧëŗ´ëŠ” ëļ€ëļ„ė—ė„œ ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113)는 ęŗĄëŠ´ė„ í˜•ė„ąí•˜ęŗ , 륤ëŸŦ(151)뙀 마ėŖŧëŗ´ė§€ ė•ŠëŠ” ëļ€ëļ„ė—ė„œ í‰ëŠ´ė„ í˜•ė„ąí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė€ ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113)뗐 ėžĨė°Š 또는 ė§€ė§€ë˜ëŠ°, 개방 ėƒíƒœ(똈: 도 2뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ėƒíƒœ)ė—ė„œ 렜1 ė˜ė—­(A1)ęŗŧ 함ęģ˜ ė œ2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ ė‹œę°ė ėœŧ로 노ėļœë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė´ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ ė‹œę°ė ėœŧ로 노ėļœëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ, ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113)는 ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 í‰ëŠ´ė„ í˜•ė„ąí•¨ėœŧëĄœė¨ 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė„ 평탄한 ėƒíƒœëĄœ 맀맀 또는 ėœ ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the rods of the multi-joint hinge structure 113 may rotate around other adjacent rods while maintaining a parallel state with the other adjacent rods. Accordingly, according to the sliding movement of the first structure 101, the multi-joint hinge structure 113 forms a curved surface at the portion facing the roller 151, and forms a flat surface at the portion facing the roller 151. can In one embodiment, the second area A2 of the display 103 is mounted or supported on the articulated hinge structure 113 , and in an open state (eg, the state shown in FIG. 2 ), the second area A2 and the first area A1 Together, they may be visually exposed to the outside of the second structure 102 . In a state in which the second area A2 is visually exposed to the outside of the second structure 102 , the articulated hinge structure 113 substantially forms a plane to support or maintain the second area A2 in a flat state. can

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)(똈: í•˜ėš°ė§•)ė€ 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)(똈: 후면 ėŧ€ė´ėФ), 후면 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121b), 렜3 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121c)(똈: ė „ëŠ´ ėŧ€ė´ėФ), ė¸ė‡„íšŒëĄœ 기판(121d)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)는 ë„ė‹œë˜ė§€ ė•Šė€ 맀맀 ëļ€ėžŦëĨŧ 더 íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 맀맀 ëļ€ėžŦ는, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëļ„ė´ ėˆ˜ë‚Šë˜ëŠ” 간격 또는 ęŗĩ간ęŗŧ ė¸ė‡„íšŒëĄœ 기판(121d)ė´ ë°°ėš˜ëœ ęŗĩę°„ė„ ëļ„ëĻŦ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a), 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 후면 ėŧ€ė´ėŠ¤ëŠ” 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a)ė˜ 렜1 늴(F1)ęŗŧ는 반대 ë°Ší–Ĩė„ í–Ĩ하게 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102) 또는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)ė˜ 뙏洀 í˜•ėƒė„ 렜ęŗĩ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė€ 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)ė—ė„œ ė—°ėžĨ된 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a), 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)ė—ė„œ ė—°ėžĨë˜ëŠ´ė„œ 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a)ęŗŧ ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 ėˆ˜ė§ė„ ė´ëŖ¨ę˛Œ í˜•ė„ąëœ 렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123b) 및 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)ė—ė„œ ė—°ėžĨë˜ëŠ´ė„œ 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a)ęŗŧ ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 ėˆ˜ė§ė„ ė´ëŖ¨ęŗ  렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123b)ęŗŧ는 평행한 렜3 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123c)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë„ė‹œëœ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, 렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123b)ęŗŧ 렜3 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123c)ė€ 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)ė™€ëŠ” ëŗ„ë„ė˜ ëļ€í’ˆėœŧ로 ė œėž‘ë˜ė–´ 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)뗐 ėžĨė°Š 또는 ėĄ°ëĻŊ되는 ęĩŦėĄ°ę°€ ė˜ˆė‹œë˜ė§€ë§Œ, 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)뙀 ėŧė˛´í˜•ėœŧ로 í˜•ė„ąë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the second structure 102 (eg, housing) may include a second plate 121a (eg, a rear case), a rear plate 121b, a third plate 121c (eg, a front case), A printed circuit board 121d may be included. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may further include a support member (not shown). The support member may, for example, separate a space or space in which a portion of the display 103 is accommodated and a space in which the printed circuit board 121d is disposed. The second plate 121a, for example, the rear case may be disposed in a direction opposite to the first surface F1 of the first plate 111a, and may be substantially disposed in the second structure 102 or the electronic device ( 100) can be provided. In one embodiment, the second structure 102 is formed to be substantially perpendicular to the first sidewall 123a while extending from the first sidewall 123a and the second plate 121a extending from the second plate 121a. The second sidewall 123b and the third sidewall 123c extending from the second plate 121a and being substantially perpendicular to the first sidewall 123a and parallel to the second sidewall 123b may be included. In the illustrated embodiment, the structure in which the second sidewall 123b and the third sidewall 123c are manufactured as separate parts from the second plate 121a and mounted or assembled to the second plate 121a is exemplified. 2 It may be formed integrally with the plate (121a).

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 후면 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121b)는 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)ė˜ ė™¸ė¸ĄëŠ´ė— 결합할 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)뙀 ėŧė˛´í˜•ėœŧ로 ė œėž‘ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)는 ę¸ˆė† 또는 폴ëĻŦ머 ėžŦė§ˆëĄœ ė œėž‘ë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 후면 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121b)가 ę¸ˆė†, 뜠ëĻŦ, í•Šė„ąėˆ˜ė§€ 또는 넏ëŧ믚ęŗŧ ę°™ė€ ėžŦė§ˆëĄœ ė œėž‘ë˜ė–´ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)ė˜ ė™¸ę´€ė—ė„œ ėžĨė‹ 효ęŗŧëĨŧ 렜ęŗĩ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a) 및/또는 후면 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121b)는 ė ė–´ë„ ëļ€ëļ„렁(똈: ëŗ´ėĄ° ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ė˜ė—­(A3))ėœŧ로 ëš›ė„ íˆŦęŗŧ하는 ėžŦė§ˆëĄœ ė œėž‘ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ ėŧëļ€(똈: 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2))가 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 내ëļ€ëĄœ ėˆ˜ėšŠëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ, 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëŠ” ëŗ´ėĄ° ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ė˜ė—­(A3)뗐 ëŒ€ė‘í•˜ę˛Œ ėœ„ėš˜í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 내ëļ€ė— ėˆ˜ėšŠëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ, ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)는 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëĨŧ ė´ėšŠí•˜ė—Ŧ í™”ëŠ´ė„ ėļœë Ĩ할 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ė‚ŦėšŠėžëŠ” ëŗ´ėĄ° ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ė˜ė—­(A3)ė„ í†ĩ해 ėļœë Ĩ된 í™”ëŠ´ė„ ė¸ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the rear plate 121b may be coupled to the outer surface of the second plate 121a, and may be manufactured integrally with the second plate 121a according to embodiments. In one embodiment, the second plate 121a may be made of a metal or polymer material, and the rear plate 121b is made of a material such as metal, glass, synthetic resin, or ceramic to decorate the exterior of the electronic device 100 . effect can be provided. According to an embodiment, the second plate 121a and/or the rear plate 121b may be made of a material that transmits light at least partially (eg, the auxiliary display area A3). In an embodiment, in a state in which a portion of the display 103 (eg, the second area A2 ) is accommodated inside the second structure 102 , at least a portion of the second area A2 is the auxiliary display area A3 . ) can be positioned corresponding to For example, in the state accommodated inside the second structure 102 , the display 103 may output a screen using at least a portion of the second area A2 , and the user may select the auxiliary display area A3 . You can recognize the screen output through the

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 렜3 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121c)는 ę¸ˆė† 또는 폴ëĻŦ머 ėžŦė§ˆëĄœ ė œėž‘ë˜ëŠ°, 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)(똈: 후면 ėŧ€ė´ėФ), 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a), 렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123b) 및/또는 렜3 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123c)ęŗŧ 결합하ė—Ŧ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 내ëļ€ ęŗĩę°„ė„ í˜•ė„ąí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ 렜3 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121c)는 "ė „ëŠ´ ėŧ€ė´ėФ"ëŧęŗ  ėš­í•˜ė—Ŧ 마 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101), 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a)는 ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 렜3 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121c)뙀 마ėŖŧëŗ´ëŠ” ėƒíƒœëĄœ ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ ė´ë™í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a)ė€ 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)ė—ė„œ ė—°ėžĨ된 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋëļ€(123a-1)뙀, 렜3 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121c)ė˜ ėŧė¸Ą 가ėžĨėžëĻŦ뗐 í˜•ė„ąëœ 렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋëļ€(123a-2)ė˜ ėĄ°í•Šėœŧ로 í˜•ė„ąë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 다ëĨ¸ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋëļ€(123a-1)가 렜3 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121c)ė˜ ėŧė¸Ą 가ėžĨėžëĻŦ, 똈ėģ¨ëŒ€, 렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋëļ€(123a-2)ëĨŧ ę°ė‹¸ę˛Œ 결합할 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ė´ ę˛Ŋ뚰, 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋëļ€(123a-1) ėžė˛´ę°€ 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a)ė„ í˜•ė„ąí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the third plate 121c is made of a metal or a polymer material, and the second plate 121a (eg, a rear case), the first sidewall 123a, the second sidewall 123b, and/or It may be combined with the third sidewall 123c to form an inner space of the second structure 102 . According to an embodiment, the third plate 121c may be referred to as a “front case”, and the first structure 101 , for example, the first plate 111a may substantially face the third plate 121c. You can slide to the state. In some embodiments, the first sidewall 123a includes a first sidewall portion 123a-1 extending from the second plate 121a, and a second sidewall portion 123a- formed on one edge of the third plate 121c. 2) can be formed in combination. In another embodiment, the first sidewall part 123a-1 may be coupled to surround one edge of the third plate 121c, for example, the second sidewall part 123a-2, and in this case, the first sidewall part (123a-1) itself may form the first sidewall 123a.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ë„ė‹œë˜ė§€ ė•Šė€ 맀맀 ëļ€ėžŦ는 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)뙀 렜3 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121c) ė‚Ŧė´ė˜ ęŗĩ氄뗐 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ę¸ˆė† 또는 폴ëĻŦ머 ėžŦė§ˆëĄœ ė œėž‘ëœ 평판 í˜•ėƒė„ ę°€ė§ˆ 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 맀맀 ëļ€ėžŦ는 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 내ëļ€ ęŗĩę°„ė—ė„œ ė „ėžę¸° ė°¨í ęĩŦėĄ°ëĨŧ 렜ęŗĩ하거나, 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ ę¸°ęŗ„ė ė¸ ę°•ė„ąė„ í–Ĩėƒė‹œí‚Ŧ 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 내ëļ€ëĄœ ėˆ˜ë‚Šëœ 때, ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113) 및/또는 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ ėŧëļ€ ė˜ė—­(똈: 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2))ė€ 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)뙀 맀맀 ëļ€ėžŦ ė‚Ŧė´ė˜ ęŗĩ氄뗐 ėœ„ėš˜í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, a support member (not shown) may be disposed in the space between the second plate 121a and the third plate 121c, and may have a flat plate shape made of a metal or polymer material. The support member may provide an electromagnetic shielding structure in the inner space of the second structure 102 or may improve mechanical rigidity of the second structure 102 . In one embodiment, when accommodated in the interior of the second structure 102 , the articulated hinge structure 113 and/or a partial area (eg, the second area A2 ) of the display 103 is formed by the second plate ( 121a) and the support member.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė¸ė‡„íšŒëĄœ 기판(121d)ė€ 렜3 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121c)뙀 맀맀 ëļ€ėžŦ ė‚Ŧė´ė˜ ęŗĩ氄뗐 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ėģ¨ëŒ€, ë„ė‹œë˜ė§€ ė•Šė€ 맀맀 ëļ€ėžŦ뗐 ė˜í•´, ė¸ė‡„íšŒëĄœ 기판(121d)ė€ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 내ëļ€ė—ė„œ ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113) 및/또는 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ ėŧëļ€ ė˜ė—­ė´ ėˆ˜ėšŠë˜ëŠ” ęŗĩ간ėœŧ로ëļ€í„° ëļ„ëĻŦ된 ęŗĩ氄뗐 ėˆ˜ėšŠë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė¸ė‡„íšŒëĄœ 기판(121d)ė—ëŠ”, í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ, 메ëǍëĻŦ, 및/또는 ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤ę°€ ėžĨė°Šë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė¤‘ė•™ė˛˜ëĻŦėžĨėš˜, ė–´í”ŒëĻŦėŧ€ė´ė…˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ, 그래í”Ŋ 래ëĻŦ ėžĨėš˜, ė´ë¯¸ė§€ ė‹œęˇ¸ë„ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ, ė„ŧė„œ 허브 í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ, 또는 ėģ¤ëŽ¤ë‹ˆėŧ€ė´ė…˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ 뤑 하나 또는 ꡸ ė´ėƒė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the printed circuit board 121d may be disposed in a space between the third plate 121c and the support member. For example, by a support member (not shown), the printed circuit board 121d is separated from the space in which a portion of the articulated hinge structure 113 and/or the display 103 is accommodated inside the second structure 102 . space can be accommodated. A processor, a memory, and/or an interface may be mounted on the printed circuit board 121d. The processor may include, for example, one or more of a central processing unit, an application processor, a graphics processing unit, an image signal processor, a sensor hub processor, or a communication processor.

메ëǍëĻŦ는, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, íœ˜ë°œė„ą 메ëǍëĻŦ 또는 ëš„íœ˜ë°œė„ą 메ëǍëĻŦëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. Memory may include, for example, volatile memory or non-volatile memory.

ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤ëŠ”, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, HDMI(high definition multimedia interface), USB(universal serial bus) ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤, SDėš´ë“œ ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤, 및/또는 ė˜¤ë””ė˜¤ ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤ëŠ”, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)ëĨŧ 뙏ëļ€ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė™€ 렄揰렁 또는 ëŦŧëĻŦ렁ėœŧ로 ė—°ę˛°ė‹œí‚Ŧ 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, USB ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터, SD ėš´ë“œ/MMC ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터, 또는 ė˜¤ë””ė˜¤ ėģ¤ë„Ĩ터ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.The interface may include, for example, a high definition multimedia interface (HDMI), a universal serial bus (USB) interface, an SD card interface, and/or an audio interface. The interface may, for example, electrically or physically connect the electronic device 100 to an external electronic device, and may include a USB connector, an SD card/MMC connector, or an audio connector.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)는, 뜠揰 발광 ë‹¤ė´ė˜¤ë“œė— 기반한 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ëĄœė„œ, ëŒ€ė˛´ëĄœ 평면 형태로 ėœ ė§€ë˜ëŠ´ė„œ ė ė–´ë„ ëļ€ëļ„렁ėœŧ로 ęŗĄëŠ´ 형태로 ëŗ€í˜•ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ 렜1 ė˜ė—­(A1)ė€ 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė˜ 렜1 늴(F1)뗐 ėžĨė°Š 또는 ëļ€ė°Šë˜ė–´ ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 평판 형태로 ėœ ė§€ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė€ 렜1 ė˜ė—­(A1)ėœŧ로ëļ€í„° ė—°ėžĨ되늰, ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113)뗐 ė§€ė§€ë˜ęą°ë‚˜ ëļ€ė°Šë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ėģ¨ëŒ€, 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė€ 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė˜ ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ ė´ë™ ë°Ší–Ĩė„ 따ëŧ ė—°ėžĨ되늰, ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113)뙀 함ęģ˜ ė œ2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 내ëļ€ëĄœ ėˆ˜ë‚Šë  눘 ėžˆęŗ , ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113)ė˜ ëŗ€í˜•ė— 따ëŧ ė ė–´ë„ ëļ€ëļ„렁ėœŧ로 ęŗĄëŠ´ í˜•ėƒė„ ė´ëŖ¨ę˛Œ ëŗ€í˜•ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the display 103 is a flexible display based on an organic light emitting diode, and may be at least partially deformed into a curved shape while being generally maintained in a flat shape. In an embodiment, the first area A1 of the display 103 may be mounted or attached to the first surface F1 of the first structure 101 to maintain a substantially flat plate shape. The second area A2 may extend from the first area A1 and may be supported or attached to the multi-joint hinge structure 113 . For example, the second region A2 extends along the sliding movement direction of the first structure 101 , and may be accommodated in the second structure 102 together with the articulated hinge structure 113 , and may be accommodated in the articulated hinge. According to the deformation of the structure 113, it may be deformed to at least partially form a curved shape.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė´ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102) ėƒė—ė„œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ ė´ë™í•¨ė— 따ëŧ, 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ ė‹œę°ė ėœŧ로 노ėļœë˜ëŠ” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ ëŠ´ė ė´ ë‹Ŧëŧ마 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)(똈: í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ)는 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ ė‹œę°ė ėœŧ로 노ėļœë˜ëŠ” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ ëŠ´ė ė— 기반하ė—Ŧ í™œė„ąí™”ë˜ëŠ” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė„ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 개방 ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ 또는 íė‡„ ėƒíƒœė™€ 개방 ėƒíƒœė˜ 뤑氄 ėœ„ėš˜ė—ė„œ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)는 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ 렄랴 ëŠ´ė  뤑 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ ė‹œę°ė ėœŧ로 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™œė„ąí™”í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. íė‡„ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)는 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ 렜1 ė˜ė—­(A1)ė„ í™œė„ąí™”í•˜ęŗ , 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė„ ëš„í™œė„ąí™”í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. íė‡„ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ, ėŧė • ė‹œę°„(똈: 30봈 또는 2ëļ„) ë™ė•ˆ ė‚ŦėšŠėž ėž…ë Ĩė´ ė—†ë‹¤ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)는 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ 렄랴 ė˜ė—­ė„ ëš„í™œė„ąí™”í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œëŠ”, ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ 렄랴 ė˜ė—­ė´ ëš„í™œė„ąí™”ëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ, í•„ėš”ė— 따ëŧ(똈: ė‚ŦėšŠėž 네렕뗐 따ëĨ¸ ė•ŒëĻŧ, ëļ€ėžŦ 뤑 ė „í™” / ëŠ”ė‹œė§€ ë„ė°Š ė•ŒëĻŧ), ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)는 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ ėŧëļ€ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™œė„ąí™”í•˜ė—Ŧ ëŗ´ėĄ° ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ė˜ė—­(A3)ė„ í†ĩ해 ė‹œę°ė ė¸ ė •ëŗ´ëĨŧ 렜ęŗĩ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, as the first structure 101 slides on the second structure 102 , the area of the display 103 visually exposed to the outside may vary. The electronic device 100 (eg, a processor) may change an area of the display 103 that is activated based on an area of the display 103 that is visually exposed to the outside. For example, in the open state or in a position intermediate between the closed state and the open state, the electronic device 100 may activate a visually exposed area of the second structure 102 among the total area of the display 103 . have. In the closed state, the electronic device 100 may activate the first area A1 of the display 103 and deactivate the second area A2 of the display 103 . In the closed state, if there is no user input for a predetermined period of time (eg, 30 seconds or 2 minutes), the electronic device 100 may inactivate the entire area of the display 103 . In some embodiments, in a state in which the entire area of the display 103 is inactivated, the electronic device 100 may display Visual information may be provided through the auxiliary display area A3 by activating some areas.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 개방 ėƒíƒœ(똈: 도 2뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ėƒíƒœ)ė—ė„œ, ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ 렄랴 ė˜ė—­(똈: 렜1 ė˜ė—­(A1)ęŗŧ 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2))ė´ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ ė‹œę°ė ėœŧ로 노ėļœë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 렜1 ė˜ė—­(A1)ęŗŧ 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė€ í‰ëŠ´ė„ ė´ëŖ¨ę˛Œ ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, 개방된 ėƒíƒœëŧ 하더ëŧ도, 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2) 뤑 ėŧëļ€(똈: 한 단ëļ€)는 륤ëŸŦ(151)뗐 ëŒ€ė‘í•˜ę˛Œ ėœ„ėš˜í•  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2) ė¤‘ė—ė„œ 륤ëŸŦ(151)뗐 ëŒ€ė‘í•˜ëŠ” ëļ€ëļ„ė€ ęŗĄëŠ´ í˜•ėƒėœŧ로 ėœ ė§€ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ėģ¨ëŒ€, ëŗ¸ ëŦ¸ė„œė— ę°œė‹œëœ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, "개방된 ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ, 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė´ í‰ëŠ´ė„ ė´ëŖ¨ę˛Œ ë°°ėš˜ëœë‹¤"ëŧęŗ  ė–¸ę¸‰í•˜ë”ëŧ도 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëŠ” ęŗĄëŠ´ 형태로 ėœ ė§€ë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ė´ė™€ 뜠ė‚Ŧ하게, "íė‡„ëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ, ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113) 및/또는 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė´ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 내ëļ€ëĄœ ėˆ˜ë‚Šëœë‹¤"ëŧęŗ  ė–¸ę¸‰í•˜ë”ëŧ도, ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113) 및/또는 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëŠ” 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ ėœ„ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, in an open state (eg, the state illustrated in FIG. 2 ), substantially the entire area (eg, the first area A1 and the second area A2 ) of the display 103 is visually visible to the outside. may be exposed, and the first area A1 and the second area A2 may be disposed to form a plane. In one embodiment, even in an open state, a portion (eg, one end) of the second area A2 may be positioned to correspond to the roller 151 , and may be positioned on the roller 151 in the second area A2 . The corresponding portion may be maintained in a curved shape. For example, in various embodiments disclosed in this document, even if it is stated that "in the open state, the second area A2 is disposed to form a plane", a part of the second area A2 may be maintained in a curved shape, Similarly, although it is stated that "in the closed state, the articulated hinge structure 113 and/or the second region A2 is accommodated inside the second structure 102 ," the articulated hinge structure 113 is and/or a portion of the second area A2 may be located outside the second structure 102 .

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė•ˆë‚´ ëļ€ėžŦ, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 륤ëŸŦ(151)는 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)(똈: 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a))ė˜ ėŧė¸Ą 가ėžĨėžëĻŦ뗐 ė¸ė ‘í•˜ëŠ” ėœ„ėš˜ė—ė„œ, 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 íšŒė „ 가ëŠĨ하게 ėžĨė°Šë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 륤ëŸŦ(151)는 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a)ęŗŧ 평행한 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)ė˜ 가ėžĨėžëĻŦ(똈: ė°¸ėĄ°ë˛ˆí˜¸ 'IE'로 ė§€ė‹œëœ ëļ€ëļ„))뙀 ė¸ė ‘í•˜ę˛Œ ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë„ëŠ´ė˜ ė°¸ėĄ°ë˛ˆí˜¸ëĨŧ ëļ€ė—Ŧí•˜ė§€ëŠ” ė•Šė•˜ė§€ë§Œ, 륤ëŸŦ(151)뗐 ė¸ė ‘í•˜ëŠ” 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)ė˜ 가ėžĨėžëĻŦė—ė„œ 또 다ëĨ¸ ė¸Ąë˛Ŋė´ ė—°ėžĨ될 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 륤ëŸŦ(151)뗐 ė¸ė ‘í•˜ëŠ” ė¸Ąë˛Ŋė€ 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a)ęŗŧ ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 평행할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, 륤ëŸŦ(151)뙀 ė¸ė ‘í•˜ëŠ” 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ ė¸Ąë˛Ŋė€ ëš›ė„ íˆŦęŗŧ하는 ėžŦė§ˆëĄœ ė œėž‘ë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 렜2 ė˜ė—­(A2)ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëŠ” 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 ėˆ˜ėšŠëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ ėŧëļ€ëļ„ė„ íˆŦęŗŧ하ė—Ŧ ė‹œę°ė ė¸ ė •ëŗ´ëĨŧ 렜ęŗĩ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. â€œė¸ė ‘í•˜ę˛Œ ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤â€ëŧ í•¨ė€ 5mmė´ë‚´ëĄœ ė´ę˛Šë˜ė–´ ë°°ėš˜ëœë‹¤ëŠ” ę˛ƒė„ ė˜ë¯¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 륤ëŸŦ(151)는 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a)ęŗŧ 평행한 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)ė˜ 가ėžĨėžëĻŦ(똈: ė°¸ėĄ°ë˛ˆí˜¸ 'IE'로 ė§€ė‹œëœ ëļ€ëļ„))뙀 5mmė´ë‚´ëĄœ ė´ę˛Šë˜ė–´ ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, the guide member, for example, the roller 151 is positioned adjacent to one edge of the second structure 102 (eg, the second plate 121a) to the second structure 102 . It can be mounted rotatably. For example, the roller 151 may be disposed adjacent to an edge of the second plate 121a parallel to the first sidewall 123a (eg, a portion indicated by reference number 'IE'). Although reference numbers are not given in the drawings, another sidewall may extend from the edge of the second plate 121a adjacent to the roller 151, and the sidewall adjacent to the roller 151 may be formed from the first sidewall 123a and may be substantially parallel. In one embodiment, the sidewall of the second structure 102 adjacent to the roller 151 may be made of a material that transmits light, and a portion of the second area A2 is accommodated in the second structure 102 . It is possible to provide visual information through a portion of the second structure 102 . “Can be arranged adjacently” may mean that they are arranged spaced apart within 5 mm. For example, the roller 151 may be disposed to be spaced apart from the edge of the second plate 121a parallel to the first sidewall 123a (eg, a portion indicated by reference number 'IE') by within 5 mm.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 륤ëŸŦ(151)ė˜ 한 단ëļ€ëŠ” 렜2 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123b)뗐 íšŒė „ 가ëŠĨ하게 ę˛°í•Ší•˜ęŗ , 다ëĨ¸ 단ëļ€ëŠ” 렜3 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123c)뗐 íšŒė „ 가ëŠĨ하게 결합할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 륤ëŸŦ(151)는 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 ėžĨė°Šë˜ëŠ°, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė˜ ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ ė´ë™ ë°Ší–Ĩ(똈: 도 1 또는 도 2ė˜ í™”ė‚´í‘œ ① ë°Ší–Ĩ)뗐 대하ė—Ŧ ėˆ˜ė§í•˜ëŠ” íšŒė „ėļ•(R)ė„ 뤑ė‹Ŧėœŧ로 íšŒė „í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. íšŒė „ėļ•(R)ė€ ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a)ęŗŧ 평행하게 ë°°ėš˜ë˜ëŠ°, 렜1 ė¸Ąë˛Ŋ(123a)ęŗŧ는 멀게, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a)ė˜ ėŧė¸Ą 가ėžĨėžëĻŦ뗐 ėœ„ėš˜í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, 륤ëŸŦ(151)ė˜ 뙏ėŖŧ늴ęŗŧ 렜2 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121a) 가ėžĨėžëĻŦė˜ ë‚´ė¸ĄëŠ´ ė‚Ŧė´ė— í˜•ė„ąëœ ę°„ę˛Šė€ ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113) 또는 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)가 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ 내ëļ€ëĄœ ė§„ėž…í•˜ëŠ” ėž…ęĩŦëĨŧ í˜•ė„ąí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, one end of the roller 151 may be rotatably coupled to the second sidewall 123b, and the other end may be rotatably coupled to the third sidewall 123c. For example, the roller 151 is mounted on the second structure 102, and the rotation axis R perpendicular to the sliding movement direction of the first structure 101 (eg, the direction of arrow ① in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2). can be rotated around The rotation axis R is disposed substantially parallel to the first sidewall 123a and may be located far from the first sidewall 123a, for example, at one edge of the second plate 121a. In one embodiment, the gap formed between the outer circumferential surface of the roller 151 and the inner surface of the edge of the second plate 121a is the multi-joint hinge structure 113 or the display 103 entering the interior of the second structure 102 . entrance can be formed.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)가 ęŗĄëŠ´ 형태로 ëŗ€í˜•ë  때, 륤ëŸŦ(151)는 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ ęŗĄëĨ  반ę˛Ŋė„ ėŧė • ė •ë„ëĄœ ėœ ė§€í•¨ėœŧëĄœė¨, ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)ė˜ ęŗŧ도한 ëŗ€í˜•ė„ ė–ĩė œí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. "ęŗŧ도한 ëŗ€í˜•"ė´ëŧ í•¨ė€ ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)뗐 íŦ함되는 노드나 ė‹ í˜¸ ë°°ė„ ė´ ė†ėƒë  ė •ë„ëĄœ ė§€ë‚˜ėš˜ę˛Œ ėž‘ė€ ęŗĄëĨ  반ę˛Ŋė„ ę°€ė§€ę˛Œ ëŗ€í˜•ë˜ëŠ” ę˛ƒė„ ė˜ë¯¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ėģ¨ëŒ€, ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)는 륤ëŸŦ(151)ė˜ ė•ˆë‚´ëĨŧ 받ėœŧëŠ´ė„œ ė´ë™ 또는 ëŗ€í˜•ë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ęŗŧ도한 ëŗ€í˜•ėœŧ로 ė¸í•œ ė†ėƒėœŧ로ëļ€í„° ëŗ´í˜¸ë°›ė„ 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113) 또는 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103)가 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 ė‚Ŋėž…ë˜ęą°ë‚˜ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ 뎍ėļœë˜ëŠ” ë™ė•ˆ 륤ëŸŦ(151)가 íšŒė „í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ėģ¨ëŒ€, 륤ëŸŦ(151)가 íšŒė „í•¨ėœŧëĄœė¨, ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113)(또는 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103))뙀 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102) ė‚Ŧė´ė˜ ë§ˆė°°ė„ ė–ĩ렜 또는 ë°Šė§€í•˜ė—Ŧ ë‹¤ę´€ė ˆ ížŒė§€ ęĩŦėĄ°(113)(또는 ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103))가 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)ė˜ ė‚Ŋėž… / 뎍ėļœ ë™ėž‘ė„ ė›í™œí•˜ę˛Œ 할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, when the display 103 is deformed into a curved shape, the roller 151 maintains a radius of curvature of the display 103 to a certain degree, thereby suppressing excessive deformation of the display 103 . The term “excessive deformation” may mean being deformed to have an excessively small radius of curvature to the extent that a node or signal wiring included in the display 103 is damaged. For example, the display 103 may be moved or deformed while being guided by the roller 151 , and may be protected from damage due to excessive deformation. In some embodiments, the roller 151 may rotate while the articulated hinge structure 113 or the display 103 is inserted into or taken out of the second structure 102 . For example, by rotating the roller 151, friction between the articulated hinge structure 113 (or the display 103) and the second structure 102 is suppressed or prevented, and the articulated hinge structure 113 (or the display) 103)) may facilitate the insertion / extraction operation of the second structure 102 .

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)는 ę°€ė´ë“œ 레ėŧ(155)(들) 및/또는 ęĩŦ동 ëļ€ėžŦ(actuating member)(157)(들)ëĨŧ 더 íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ę°€ė´ë“œ 레ėŧ(155)(들)ė€ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102), 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 렜3 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(121c)뗐 ėžĨė°Šë˜ė–´ 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)(똈: 렜1 í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸(111a) 또는 ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ í”Œë ˆė´íŠ¸)ė˜ ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ ė´ë™ė„ ė•ˆë‚´í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ęĩŦ동 ëļ€ėžŦ(157)(들)는 ęˇ¸ė˜ ė–‘ë‹¨ė„ ė„œëĄœ ëŠ€ė–´ė§€ę˛Œ 하는 ë°Ší–Ĩėœŧ로 íƒ„ė„ąë Ĩė„ 렜ęŗĩ하는 ėŠ¤í”„ë§ 또는 ėŠ¤í”„ë§ ëĒ¨ë“ˆė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ęĩŦ동 ëļ€ėžŦ(157)(들)ė˜ 한 ë‹¨ė€ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)뗐 회동 가ëŠĨ하게 ė§€ė§€ë˜ęŗ , 다ëĨ¸ 한 ë‹¨ė€ 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)뗐 회동 가ëŠĨ하게 ė§€ė§€ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the electronic device 100 may further include a guide rail 155(s) and/or an actuating member 157(s). The guide rails 155(s) are mounted on the second structure 102 , for example, the third plate 121c to slide the first structure 101 (eg, the first plate 111a or slide plate). can guide you on the move. The driving member 157(s) may include a spring or a spring module that provides an elastic force in a direction to move both ends thereof away from each other, and one end of the driving member 157(s) is connected to the second structure 102 . may be rotatably supported on the , and the other end may be rotatably supported on the first structure 101 .

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ė´ ėŠŦëŧė´ë“œ ė´ë™í•  때, íė‡„ ėƒíƒœė™€ 개방 ėƒíƒœ ė‚Ŧė´ė˜ ė–´ëŠ 한 ė§€ė ė—ė„œ ęĩŦ동 ëļ€ėžŦ(157)(들)ė˜ ė–‘ë‹¨ė´ 가ėžĨ ęˇŧė ‘í•˜ę˛Œ ėœ„ėš˜(ė´í•˜, 'ėĩœęˇŧ렑렐')할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ėģ¨ëŒ€, ėĩœęˇŧ렑렐ęŗŧ íė‡„ ėƒíƒœ ė‚Ŧė´ė˜ ęĩŦę°„ė—ė„œ ęĩŦ동 ëļ€ėžŦ(157)(들)는 íė‡„ ėƒíƒœëĨŧ í–Ĩ해 ė´ë™í•˜ëŠ” ë°Ší–Ĩėœŧ로 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)뗐 íƒ„ė„ąë Ĩė„ 렜ęŗĩí•˜ęŗ , ėĩœęˇŧ렑렐ęŗŧ 개방 ėƒíƒœ ė‚Ŧė´ė˜ ęĩŦę°„ė—ė„œ ęĩŦ동 ëļ€ėžŦ(157)(들)는 개방 ėƒíƒœëĨŧ í–Ĩ해 ė´ë™í•˜ëŠ” ë°Ší–Ĩėœŧ로 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)뗐 íƒ„ė„ąë Ĩė„ 렜ęŗĩ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, when the first structure 101 slides, both ends of the driving member 157(s) are located closest to each other at any point between the closed state and the open state (hereinafter, 'closest point') )can do. For example, in the section between closest point and the closed state, the drive member 157(s) provides an elastic force to the first structure 101 in a direction to move toward the closed state, and drives in the section between closest point and the open state. The member 157(s) may provide an elastic force to the first structure 101 in a direction to move toward the open state.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ęĩŦėĄ°(161)는 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101) 또는 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102) 뤑 ė ė–´ë„ 하나, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)뗐 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)뗐 ë°°ėš˜ëœ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ęĩŦėĄ°(161)는 뙏ëļ€ ęŗĩ氄뗐 ė„ íƒė ėœŧ로 노ėļœë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ęĩŦėĄ°ëŠ”, íė‡„ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)ęŗŧ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102) ė‚Ŧė´ė— ë°°ėš˜ë˜ė–´ ė€íë˜ęŗ , 개방 ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ 뙏ëļ€ ęŗĩ氄뗐 노ėļœë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ęĩŦėĄ°(161)는 평면 또는 평판 ėƒė— ë„ė „ė˛´(electrically conductive body), 똈ëĨŧ 들면, ë„ė„ (electrically conductive line)ė˜ ë°°ė—´ëĄœ ė´ëŖ¨ė–´ė§„ ëŖ¨í”„ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ, ë„ė „ė˛´ė˜ ë°°ėš˜ë‚˜ í˜•ėƒė— 따ëŧ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ęĩŦėĄ°(161)는 íŒ¨ėš˜ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜, ëĒ¨ë…¸í´ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜, ë‹¤ė´í´ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ 또는 ė—­ F-ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ęĩŦėĄ°ëŠ”, 똈ëĨŧ 들면, ęˇŧė ‘ ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹ , ëŦ´ė„  ė „ë Ĩ ė†Ąėˆ˜ė‹ , 마그네틱 ëŗ´ė•ˆ ė „ė†Ą(magnetic secure transmission; MST) 뤑 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í†ĩė‹ ė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•˜ë„ëĄ ė„¤ė •ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. í•˜ė§€ë§Œ, ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ęĩŦėĄ°(161)ëĨŧ í†ĩ해 ė´ëŖ¨ė–´ė§€ëŠ” ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹ ė€ ė´ė— í•œė •ë˜ė§€ ė•ŠėŒė— ėœ ė˜í•œë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)는 ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ęĩŦėĄ°(161)ëĨŧ ė´ėšŠí•˜ė—Ŧ, ė´ë™ 또는 ė…€ëŖ°ëŸŦ í†ĩė‹ ë§, ęˇŧęą°ëĻŦ í†ĩė‹ ë§(local area network: LAN), ëŦ´ė„  ęˇŧęą°ëĻŦ í†ĩė‹ ë§(wireless local area network: WLAN), ę´‘ė—­ í†ĩė‹ ë§(wide area network: WAN), ė¸í„°ë„ˇ, ė†Œė§€ė—­ í†ĩė‹ ë§(small area network: SAN)뗐 ė ‘ė†í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ęĩŦėĄ°(161)는 마그네틱 ëŗ´ė•ˆ ė „ė†Ą(magnetic secure transmission; MST)ė„ ėœ„í•œ 렜1 ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜(161a), ęˇŧė ‘ ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹ (near field communication) 및/또는 ëŦ´ė„  ėļŠė „(wireless power transmission)ė„ ėœ„í•œ 렜2 ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜(161b)ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė–´ë–¤ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė—ė„œ 렜1 ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜(161a)는 ęˇŧė ‘ ëŦ´ė„  í†ĩė‹  및/또는 ëŦ´ė„  ėļŠė „ė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•˜ë„ëĄ ė„¤ė •ë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 렜2 ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜(161b)가 마그네틱 ëŗ´ė•ˆ ė „ė†Ąė— í™œėšŠë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the antenna structure 161 may be disposed on at least one of the first structure 101 and the second structure 102 , for example, the first structure 101 . In an embodiment disposed on the first structure 101 , the antenna structure 161 may be selectively exposed to the outside space. For example, the antenna structure may be disposed between the first structure 101 and the second structure 102 in a closed state to be concealed, and may be exposed to an external space in an open state. The antenna structure 161 may include a loop antenna consisting of an arrangement of an electrically conductive body, for example, an electrically conductive line, on a flat surface or a flat plate. In some embodiments, depending on the arrangement or shape of the conductors, the antenna structure 161 may include a patch antenna, a monopole antenna, a dipole antenna, or an inverted F-antenna. The antenna structure may be configured to perform, for example, at least one communication among proximity wireless communication, wireless power transmission/reception, and magnetic secure transmission (MST). However, it should be noted that wireless communication performed through the antenna structure 161 is not limited thereto. For example, the electronic device 100 may use the antenna structure 161 to provide a mobile or cellular communication network, a local area network (LAN), a wireless local area network (WLAN), and a wide area network (WLAN). It can connect to an area network (WAN), the Internet, and a small area network (SAN). According to one embodiment, the antenna structure 161 provides a first antenna 161a for magnetic secure transmission (MST), near field communication and/or wireless power transmission. may include a second antenna 161b for In some embodiments, the first antenna 161a may be configured to perform proximity wireless communication and/or wireless charging, and the second antenna 161b may be utilized for magnetic secure transmission.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ęĩŦėĄ°(161), 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 렜1 ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜(161a) 및/또는 렜2 ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜(161b)는 ëļ€ė°Š ė‹œíŠ¸(163)뗐 렜ęŗĩë˜ė–´ 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)뗐 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 렜1 ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜(161a)뙀 렜2 ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜(161b)가 ëļ€ė°Š ė‹œíŠ¸(163) ėƒė— ë°°ėš˜ëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ, ëļ€ė°Š ė‹œíŠ¸(163)가 렜1 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(101)(똈: 렜2 늴(A2))뗐 ëļ€ė°Šë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ęĩŦėĄ°(161)는 ė‹¤ė§ˆė ėœŧ로 렜1 ė˜ė—­(A1)ęŗŧ ė¤‘ė˛Ší•˜ę˛Œ ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 도 2ė—ė„œ, 렜1 ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜(161a)뙀 렜2 ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜(161b)가 ë„ė‹œë˜ęŗ  ėžˆė§€ë§Œ, ė‹¤ė œ ė œí’ˆė—ė„œëŠ” ė‚ŦėšŠėž ėœĄė•ˆėœŧ로 노ėļœë˜ė§€ ė•Šë„ëĄ ė•ˆí…Œë‚˜ ęĩŦėĄ°(161)가 ė€íë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the antenna structure 161 , for example, the first antenna 161a and/or the second antenna 161b may be provided on the attachment sheet 163 to be disposed on the first structure 101 . have. For example, in a state in which the first antenna 161a and the second antenna 161b are disposed on the attachment sheet 163 , the attachment sheet 163 may be disposed on the first structure 101 (eg, the second surface A2 ). )) can be attached. According to an embodiment, the antenna structure 161 may be disposed to substantially overlap the first area A1. Although the first antenna 161a and the second antenna 161b are illustrated in FIG. 2 , in an actual product, the antenna structure 161 may be hidden so as not to be exposed to the naked eye of the user.

ė´í•˜ė˜ ėƒė„¸í•œ 네ëĒ…ė—ė„œëŠ”, ė„ í–‰ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆëĨŧ í†ĩ해 ėšŠė´í•˜ę˛Œ ė´í•´í•  눘 ėžˆëŠ” ęĩŦė„ąė— 관해 ë„ëŠ´ė˜ ė°¸ėĄ°ë˛ˆí˜¸ëĨŧ 동ėŧ하게 ëļ€ė—Ŧ하거나 ėƒëžĩí•˜ęŗ , ꡸ ėƒė„¸í•œ 네ëĒ… 또한 ėƒëžĩ될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ëŗ¸ ëŦ¸ė„œė— ę°œė‹œëœ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: 도 2 ë‚´ė§€ 도 4ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100))는 ė„œëĄœ 다ëĨ¸ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė˜ ęĩŦė„ąė´ ė„ íƒė ėœŧ로 ėĄ°í•Šë˜ė–´ ęĩŦ현될 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, 한 ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė˜ ęĩŦė„ąė´ 다ëĨ¸ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė˜ ęĩŦė„ąė— ė˜í•´ ëŒ€ė˛´ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ėģ¨ëŒ€, ëŗ¸ 발ëĒ…ė´ íŠšė •í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‚˜ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— í•œė •ë˜ė§€ ė•ŠėŒė— ėœ ė˜í•œë‹¤.In the following detailed description, the same reference numerals in the drawings are given or omitted for configurations that can be easily understood through the preceding embodiments, and detailed descriptions thereof may also be omitted. The electronic device (eg, the electronic device 100 of FIGS. 2 to 4 ) according to various embodiments disclosed in this document may be implemented by selectively combining configurations of different embodiments, and the configuration of one embodiment may be different from that of another embodiment. It can be replaced by configuration. For example, it should be noted that the present invention is not limited to specific drawings or embodiments.

ė´í•˜ė—ė„œ 네ëĒ…ë˜ëŠ” ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)ė˜ ë™ėž‘ë“¤ė€, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)뗐 íŦ함된 í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œė— ė˜í•´ ėˆ˜í–‰ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 다만, 네ëĒ…ė˜ íŽ¸ė˜ëĨŧ ėœ„í•´, ë™ėž‘ë“¤ė˜ ėŖŧė˛´ëŠ” ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100)로 ę°€ė •í•˜ęŗ  네ëĒ…í•  ę˛ƒė´ë‹¤.Operations of the electronic device 100 described below may be performed by a processor included in the electronic device 100 . However, for convenience of description, it will be assumed that the subject of the operations is the electronic device 100 .

도 5a는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ë„ė˛´ę°€ ë°°ėš˜ëœ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.5A is a view for explaining an electronic device in which a conductor is disposed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, 도 5aëĨŧ ė°¸ėĄ°í•˜ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: 도 1ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001) 또는 도 2ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100))는, í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)(똈: 도 2ė˜ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102)), ė „ë„ė˛´(520), í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)(똈: 도 1ė˜ ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060) 또는 도 2ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103))ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í•˜ėš°ė§•(510) 내ëļ€ė— í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(똈: 도 1ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020)), 메ëǍëĻŦ(똈: 도 1ė˜ 메ëǍëĻŦ(1030))뙀 ę°™ė€ ęĩŦė„ąė„ íŦ함하는 PCB ę¸°íŒė„ 더 íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, referring to FIG. 5A , an electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 or the electronic device 100 of FIG. 2 ) may include a housing 510 (eg, the second structure of FIG. 2 ). 102 ), a conductor 520 , and a flexible display 530 (eg, the display module 1060 of FIG. 1 or the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2 ). According to various embodiments, the electronic device further includes a PCB substrate including a configuration such as a processor (eg, the processor 1020 of FIG. 1 ) and a memory (eg, the memory 1030 of FIG. 1 ) in the housing 510 ). may include

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)ė—ëŠ” í„°ėš˜ ė„ŧė‹ąė„ ėœ„í•œ ęĩŦė„ąė´ íŦ함될 눘 ėžˆęŗ , í„°ėš˜ ė„ŧė‹ąė„ ėœ„í•œ ë ˆė´ė–´ę°€ ëŗ„ë„ëĄœ íŦ함될 ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, a configuration for touch sensing may be included in the flexible display 530 and a layer for touch sensing may be included separately.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)는 í•˜ėš°ė§•(510) 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­(531) 및 í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)ė˜ 내ëļ€ė— ë°°ėš˜ë˜ė–´ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ ė‹œę°ė ėœŧ로 노ėļœë˜ė§€ ė•ŠëŠ” ė˜ė—­(똈: 히든(hidden) ė˜ė—­)ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, the flexible display 530 includes an area 531 exposed to the outside of the housing 510 and an area (eg, a hidden area) that is disposed inside the housing 510 and is not visually exposed to the outside. ) may be included.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ë„ė˛´(520)는 í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)ė˜ 내ëļ€ė— ë°°ėš˜ë˜ëŠ°, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)ęŗŧ ė´ę˛Šë˜ė–´ ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ë„ė˛´(520)는 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)뙀 ė ‘ė´‰ë˜ė§€ëŠ” ė•Šė§€ë§Œ, 호버링(hovering) ėž…ë Ĩė´ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)뗐 ė˜í•˜ė—Ŧ 검ėļœ ę°€ëŠĨ한 ęą°ëĻŦ뗐 ėœ„ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ëž€, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)뙀 ė ‘ė´‰í•˜ëŠ” í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩęŗŧ는 ęĩŦëŗ„ë˜ëŠ” ėž…ë Ĩ ë™ėž‘ėœŧ로, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)뙀 ė ‘ė´‰í•˜ė§€ ė•Šė§€ë§Œ ė„¤ė •ëœ ęą°ëĻŦ ë‚´ė— ėœ„ėš˜í•˜ëŠ” ė „ë„ė˛´ëĨŧ ėž…ë Ĩ ë™ėž‘ėœŧëĄœė¨ ę°ė§€í•˜ëŠ” ę˛ƒė„ ė˜ë¯¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, the conductor 520 is disposed inside the housing 510 and may be disposed to be spaced apart from the flexible display 530 . For example, the conductor 520 may not be in contact with the flexible display 530 , but a hovering input may be located at a detectable distance by the flexible display 530 . The hovering input is an input operation distinct from a touch input in contact with the flexible display 530 , and may mean sensing a conductor that does not come into contact with the flexible display 530 but is located within a set distance as an input operation.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ë„ė˛´(520)는, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)가 í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)ė˜ 내ëļ€ė—ė„œ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ 노ėļœë˜ëŠ” í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)ė˜ ę˛Ŋ溄뗐 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ė— í•œė •ë˜ė§€ ė•Šęŗ , ė „ë„ė˛´(520)는 í•˜ėš°ė§•(510) 내ëļ€ė—ė„œ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)뗐 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ 가ëŠĨ한 ėœ„ėš˜ė— ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, the conductor 520 may be disposed at a boundary of the housing 510 through which the flexible display 530 is exposed to the outside from the inside of the housing 510 . The present invention is not limited thereto, and the conductor 520 may be disposed inside the housing 510 at a position where a hovering input is possible to the flexible display 530 .

똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 도 5aė—ė„œëŠ” ė „ë„ė˛´(520)는 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)ė˜ ėƒė¸Ąė— ë°°ėš˜ë˜ė—ˆė§€ë§Œ, ė´ė— í•œė •ë˜ė§€ ė•Šęŗ , í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)ė˜ í•˜ė¸Ąė— ë°°ėš˜ë  ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤. 또 다ëĨ¸ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆëĄœ, 도 5aė—ė„œëŠ” ė „ë„ė˛´(520)가 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ ė „ëŠ´ė— ë°°ėš˜ëœ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)ëĨŧ ę°ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆė§€ë§Œ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)ė˜ 롤링되는 ëļ€ëļ„ė„ ę°ė§€í•˜ë„ëĄ í•˜ėš°ė§•(510) 내ëļ€ė˜ ėŧė¸ĄëŠ´ė— ë°°ėš˜ë˜ęą°ë‚˜, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ í›„ëŠ´ė— ë°°ėš˜ëœ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)ëĨŧ ę°ė§€í•˜ë„ëĄ ë°°ėš˜ë  ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ė™€ ę°™ė´, ė „ë„ė˛´(520)가 í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)ė˜ ę˛Ŋęŗ„ę°€ ė•„ë‹Œ í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)ė˜ 내ëļ€ė— ë°°ėš˜ë˜ëŠ” ę˛Ŋ뚰, í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)ė˜ ę˛Ŋ溄뙀 ė „ë„ė˛´(520) ę°„ė˜ ęą°ëĻŦ뙀 관련된 ëŗ´ėƒ ę°’ė´ 메ëǍëĻŦ(똈: 도 1ė˜ 메ëǍëĻŦ(1030))뗐 ė €ėžĨë˜ęŗ , í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(똈: 도 1ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020))는 ëŗ´ėƒ ę°’ė„ 더 ęŗ ë ¤í•˜ė—Ŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530)ė˜ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.For example, although the conductor 520 is disposed above the flexible display 530 in FIG. 5A , the present invention is not limited thereto, and the conductor 520 may be disposed below the flexible display 530 . As another embodiment, in FIG. 5A , the conductor 520 may detect the flexible display 530 disposed on the front side of the electronic device, but a work inside the housing 510 to detect a rolled portion of the flexible display 530 . It may be disposed on the side or to detect the flexible display 530 disposed on the back side of the electronic device. As such, when the conductor 520 is disposed inside the housing 510 rather than the boundary of the housing 510 , a compensation value related to the distance between the boundary of the housing 510 and the conductor 520 is stored in a memory (eg, in FIG. 1), and the processor (eg, the processor 1020 of FIG. 1 ) may check the exposed area of the flexible display 530 by further considering the compensation value.

도 5b는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ë„ė˛´ę°€ ë°°ėš˜ëœ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.5B is a view for explaining an electronic device in which a conductor is disposed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, 도 5b(a)뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ë°”ė™€ ę°™ė´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: 도 1ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001) 또는 도 2ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100))는, í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)ė˜ 내ëļ€ė— í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ė „ë„ė˛´(520-1)가 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ė „ë„ė˛´(520-1)는 í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)ė˜ ėƒė¸Ąė— ë°°ėš˜ë˜ė–´ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530) ėƒė— 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ė „ë„ė˛´(520-1)는 í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)ė˜ í•˜ė¸Ą, 뤑氄 또는 ė–´ë– í•œ ëļ€ëļ„ė—ë„ ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, 도 5b(b)뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ë°”ė™€ ę°™ė´, í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)ė˜ 내ëļ€ė— 두 ę°œė˜ ė „ë„ė˛´(520-2) 또는 두개 ė´ėƒė´ ë°°ėš˜ë  ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, as shown in FIG. 5B ( a ), an electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 or the electronic device 100 of FIG. 2 ) is provided inside the housing 510 . A conductor 520-1 of may be disposed, and the conductor 520-1 may be disposed above the housing 510 to perform a hovering input on the flexible display 530 . According to various embodiments, one conductor 520-1 may be disposed on the lower side, the middle, or any part of the housing 510 . According to various embodiments, two or more conductors 520 - 2 or two or more may be disposed inside the housing 510 as shown in FIG. 5B ( b ).

도 5bė—ė„œëŠ” ė „ë„ė˛´(520-1, 520-2)가 도트(dot) í˜•íƒœė¸ 것ėœŧ로 ë„ė‹œë˜ė—ˆėœŧ나, ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ 바(bar) 형태ėŧ ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤. Although the conductors 520-1 and 520-2 are illustrated as having a dot shape in FIG. 5B, they may also have a bar shape according to various embodiments.

도 6ė€ ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ¸ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ ë™ėž‘ ë°Šë˛•ė„ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.6 is a view for explaining a method of operating an electronic device according to various embodiments of the present disclosure.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, 610 ë™ėž‘ė—ė„œ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: 도 1ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001), í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020) 또는 도 2ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100))는, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(똈: 도 1ė˜ ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060), 도 2ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103) 또는 도 5ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530))ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė´ ėž ę¸ˆ 화면(또는 ėŠŦëĻŊ ëĒ¨ë“œ)ė—ė„œ í•´ė œëœ ę˛Ŋ뚰, ė „ė›ė„ ėƒˆëĄœ ėŧ  ę˛Ŋ뚰, ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ėœ„í•œ 트ëĻŦ거가 ėˆ˜í–‰ëœ ę˛Ŋ뚰, 또는 ėŖŧ揰렁ėœŧ로, 현ėžŦ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, in operation 610 , the electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 , the processor 1020 , or the electronic device 100 of FIG. 2 ) displays a flexible display (eg, the display module of FIG. 1 ). At 1060 , the touch sensitivity of the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2 or the flexible display 530 of FIG. 5 may be changed from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity. According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, when the exposed area of the flexible display is released from the lock screen (or sleep mode), when the power is newly turned on, when a trigger for a sliding operation is performed, or periodically, the current exposure The touch sensitivity of the flexible display may be changed from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity in order to check the area.

똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ 렄랴 ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩęŗŧ 관련된 ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ė„ 낮ėļ° í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė—Ŧę¸°ė—ė„œ, ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ė€ íŠšė • ėĸ…ëĨ˜ė˜ ėž…ë Ĩ(똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩ 또는 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩ)ė˜ 검ėļœ ėœ ëŦ´ëĨŧ íŒė •í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ 값ėœŧ로, ė¸Ąė •ëœ ę°’ė´ ėž„ęŗ„ 값 ė´ėƒ(또는, 봈ęŗŧ)ė¸ ę˛Ŋėš°ė— íŠšė • ėĸ…ëĨ˜ė˜ ėž…ë Ĩė´ 검ėļœëœ 것ėœŧ로 판단될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ė´ ėĄ°ė •ë¨ė— 따ëŧ í„°ėš˜ 감도가 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ될 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, í„°ėš˜ 감도가 ėƒëŒ€ė ėœŧ로 ë†’ė€ ę˛ƒė€ ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ė´ ėƒëŒ€ė ėœŧ로 ë‚ŽėŒė— 기반하ė—Ŧ íŠšė • ėĸ…ëĨ˜ė˜ ėž…ë Ĩ뗐 ė˜í•˜ė—Ŧ 검ėļœëœ íŦ기가 ėƒëŒ€ė ėœŧ로 낮더ëŧ도 íŠšė • ėĸ…ëĨ˜ė˜ ėž…ë Ĩė´ ë°œėƒëœ 것ėœŧ로 íŒė •í•¨ė„ ė˜ë¯¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩęŗŧ 관련된 ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ė€, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė— íŦ함된 í„°ėš˜ íŒ¨ë„ė˜ ė •ė „ ėšŠëŸ‰ęŗŧ 관련된 것ėœŧ로, í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩė´ ė—†ëŠ” ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ ė •ė „ ėšŠëŸ‰ė˜ 揰뤀 氒뗐 대한 ė •ė „ ėšŠëŸ‰ė˜ ëŗ€í™”ëŸ‰ė— ę¸°ė´ˆí•˜ė—Ŧ ę˛°ė •ëœ 값ėŧ 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩė˜ ę˛Ŋ뚰 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩëŗ´ë‹¤ ė •ė „ ėšŠëŸ‰ė˜ ëŗ€í™”ę°€ íŦ기 때ëŦ¸ė—, 렜1 ę°ë„ė— ëŒ€ė‘ë˜ëŠ” ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ė€ 렜2 ę°ë„ė˜ ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ëŗ´ë‹¤ 큰 값ėŧ 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ė— 따ëŧ, 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œëŠ” ėž…ë Ĩėœŧ로 í™•ė¸ë˜ė§€ ė•ŠëŠ” 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œëŠ” ėž…ë Ĩėœŧ로 í™•ė¸ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. For example, the electronic device may change the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity by lowering a threshold value related to a touch input of the entire area of the flexible display. Here, the threshold value is a value for determining whether a specific type of input (eg, a touch input or a hovering input) is detected. It can be determined that this has been detected. As the threshold is adjusted, the touch sensitivity may change. For example, a relatively high touch sensitivity may mean that it is determined that a specific type of input has been generated even though the magnitude detected by the specific type of input is relatively low based on a relatively low threshold value. For example, the threshold value related to the touch input is related to the capacitance of the touch panel included in the flexible display, and may be a value determined based on the amount of change in the capacitance with respect to the reference value of the capacitance in the absence of the touch input. have. For example, in the case of a touch input, since a change in capacitance is greater than that of a hovering input, the threshold value corresponding to the first sensitivity may be greater than the threshold value of the second sensitivity. Accordingly, a hovering input that is not confirmed as an input at the first sensitivity may be identified as an input at the second sensitivity.

똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 도 7a뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ë°”ė™€ ę°™ė´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: 도 1ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001), í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020) 또는 도 2ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100))는, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(똈: 도 1ė˜ ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060), 도 2ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103) 또는 도 5ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530))ė˜ 렄랴 ė˜ė—­(710)ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ëĄœ ė¸í•´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė„ ę°ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.For example, as shown in FIG. 7A , an electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 , the processor 1020 , or the electronic device 100 of FIG. 2 ) may include a flexible display (eg, the electronic device 100 of FIG. 1 ). The touch sensitivity of the entire area 710 of the display module 1060 , the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2 , or the flexible display 530 of FIG. 5 may be changed from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity. Accordingly, the electronic device may detect a hovering input by the conductor 520 .

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 렄랴 ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도가 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ된 ë™ė•ˆ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė— í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩė„ ë°Šė§€í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ėœ ė € ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤ í™”ëŠ´ė„ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė— í‘œė‹œí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 도 7b뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ë°”ė™€ ę°™ė´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” "ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 현ėžŦ íŦ기ëĨŧ íŒŒė•… ė¤‘ėž…ë‹ˆë‹¤. ėž ė‹œ í„°ėš˜í•˜ė§€ ë§ˆė„¸ėš”"뙀 ę°™ė€ ëŠ”ė‹œė§€(720)ëĨŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė— í‘œė‹œí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ëŠ”ė‹œė§€(720)ė˜ ëŦ¸ęĩŦ는 í„°ėš˜í•˜ė§€ 말ëŧ는 ėˇ¨ė§€ė˜ 다ëĨ¸ ëŦ¸ęĩŦ가 í‘œė‹œë  눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ëŠ”ė‹œė§€(720) í‘œė‹œė™€ 함ęģ˜, 또는 ëŠ”ė‹œė§€(720) í‘œė‹œëĨŧ ëŒ€ė˛´í•˜ė—Ŧ ėŒė„ą ėļœë Ĩ, í•˜ė´ëŧė´íŠ¸ í‘œė‹œ, ė§„ë™ęŗŧ ę°™ė€ í”ŧë“œë°ąė´ 렜ęŗĩ될 ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ëĄœ ė¸í•´ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė—ė„œė˜ í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩėœŧ로 ė¸í•œ ëļ€ė •확한 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė„ ë°Šė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, the electronic device may display a user interface screen for preventing a touch input to the exposed area of the flexible display on the exposed area of the flexible display while the touch sensitivity of the entire area of the flexible display is changed to the second sensitivity. can For example, as shown in FIG. 7B , the electronic device may display a message 720 such as “I am trying to determine the current size of the display. Please do not touch it for a moment” on the exposed area of the flexible display. According to various embodiments, other phrases indicating do not touch the text of the message 720 may be displayed together with the message 720 display or by replacing the message 720 display with voice output, highlight display, and vibration. Feedback may be provided. Accordingly, an inaccurate hovering input due to a touch input in an exposed area of the flexible display may be prevented.

또 다ëĨ¸ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆëĄœ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 렄랴 ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도가 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ된 ë™ė•ˆė€ í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩė„ 기반ėœŧ로 한 ė œė–´ę°€ ėˆ˜í–‰ë˜ė§€ ė•Šė„ ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤.As another embodiment, the control based on the touch input may not be performed in the electronic device while the touch sensitivity of the entire area of the flexible display is changed to the second sensitivity.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, 620 ë™ėž‘ė—ė„œ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ėƒė— ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ´, 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 렄랴 ė˜ė—­ė—ė„œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ í”Œë ˆė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ë…¸ë“œė˜ ėĸŒí‘œ(똈: x ėĸŒí‘œ, y ėĸŒí‘œ)ëĨŧ í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė—Ŧę¸°ė—ė„œ, 노드는 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė— íŦ함된 í„°ėš˜ íŒ¨ë„ė˜ ė „ęˇšė— 기반하ė—Ŧ ė„¤ė •ëœ ėœ„ėš˜ íŒë‹¨ė„ ėœ„í•œ ë‹¨ėœ„ėŧ 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ꡸ ëĒ…ėš­ė—ëŠ” ė œí•œė´ ė—†ë‹¤. ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë°Ší–Ĩęŗŧ 평행한 ėļ•ė„ x ėļ• ë°Ší–Ĩ, ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë°Ší–Ĩęŗŧ 링ęĩí•˜ëŠ” ėļ•ė„ y ėļ• ë°Ší–Ĩėœŧ로 ė„¤ė •í•  ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆęŗ , ė´ė™€ëŠ” 반대로 ė„¤ė •í•  ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, in operation 620 , when a hovering input by a conductor is detected on the flexible display, the electronic device may identify coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input is sensed. For example, the electronic device may check the coordinates (eg, x-coordinate, y-coordinate) of at least one node of the flexible display in which the hovering input is sensed in the entire area of the flexible display. Here, the node may be a unit for determining a position set based on an electrode of a touch panel included in the flexible display, and the name thereof is not limited. According to various embodiments, an axis parallel to the sliding direction of the flexible display may be set as the x-axis direction, and an axis orthogonal to the sliding direction may be set as the y-axis direction, or vice versa.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė— í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ 또는 ėļ•ė†ŒëĨŧ ę°ė§€í•˜ëŠ” ė„ŧė„œ(똈: 도 1ė˜ ė„ŧė„œ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1076))(똈: Hall IC)가 íŦí•¨ë˜ė–´, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ 뙄렄 확ėžĨ된 ėƒíƒœ 또는 뙄렄 ėļ•ė†Œëœ ėƒíƒœėž„ė´ 氐맀氀 가ëŠĨ한 ę˛Ŋėš°ė—ëŠ”, 뙄렄 확ėžĨ된 ėƒíƒœ 또는 뙄렄 ėļ•ė†Œëœ ėƒíƒœė¸ ę˛Ŋėš°ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆėœŧë¯€ëĄœ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” 610 ë™ėž‘ 및 620 ë™ėž‘ė„ ėƒëžĩí•˜ęŗ , í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė„ 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, a sensor (eg, the sensor module 1076 of FIG. 1 ) (eg, Hall IC) for detecting expansion or contraction of the flexible display is included in the electronic device, so that the flexible display is fully expanded or fully expanded When it is possible to detect that the reduced state is in the fully expanded state or the fully reduced state, the exposed area of the flexible display can be checked, so the electronic device omits operations 610 and 620, and displays the exposed area of the flexible display. A region other than the region may be changed to the second sensitivity.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, 630 ë™ėž‘ė—ė„œ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 현ėžŦ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆęŗ , í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, in operation 630 , the electronic device may change the touch sensitivity of the exposed area of the flexible display from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity based on the coordinates. For example, the electronic device may check the currently exposed area of the flexible display based on the coordinates at which the hovering input by the conductor is sensed, and change the touch sensitivity of the exposed area of the flexible display from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity. can

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė¸ í•˜ėš°ė§•(똈: 도 2ė˜ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102) 또는 도 5ė˜ í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)) 내ëļ€ė˜ 히든 ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ëŠ” í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” 히든 ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ė „ë„ė˛´ė™€ 가ėžĨ ę°€ęšŒėš´ ė˜ė—­ė„ íŦ함하는 ė˜ė—­ė€ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€í•˜ė—Ŧ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė„ ę°ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, in the electronic device, at least a portion of a hidden area inside a housing (eg, the second structure 102 of FIG. 2 or the housing 510 of FIG. 5 ) that is an area other than the exposed area of the flexible display may be touched. The sensitivity may be maintained at the second sensitivity. For example, the electronic device may detect a hovering input by maintaining the touch sensitivity as the second sensitivity in the region including the region closest to the conductor among the hidden regions.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 따ëŧ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė´ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ되더ëŧ도 ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•˜ęŗ , í™•ė¸ëœ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 낮ėļœ ėˆ˜ ėžˆë‹¤. ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė€ 륤ëŸŦ(똈: 도 2ė˜ 륤ëŸŦ(151))ëĨŧ ëĒ¨í„°ëĄœ ęĩŦ동하는 ėžë™ ë™ėž‘ 또는 ė‚ŦėšŠėž ėĄ°ėž‘ė— ė˜í•œ ėˆ˜ë™ ë™ėž‘ėœŧ로 ėˆ˜í–‰ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, even if the exposed area is changed according to the sliding operation of the flexible display, the electronic device may check the exposed area of the flexible display in real time and lower the touch sensitivity of the checked exposed area in real time. According to various embodiments, the sliding operation of the flexible display may be performed by an automatic operation of driving a roller (eg, the roller 151 of FIG. 2 ) as a motor or a manual operation by a user operation.

똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 따ëŧ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėĸŒí‘œė˜ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋė„ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 í™•ė¸í•˜ęŗ , ėĸŒí‘œė˜ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋė„ 기반ėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ 뤑 í„°ėš˜ 감도가 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ되는 ė˜ė—­ė„ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 따ëŧ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ되는 ėĸŒí‘œ ę°’ė„ 기반ėœŧ로 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė„ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 í™•ė¸í•˜ęŗ , 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩęŗŧ 관련된 ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ė„ 높ė—Ŧ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 낮ėļœ ėˆ˜ ėžˆë‹¤. ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 따ëŧ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ되는 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ėž‘ė€ ė´í•˜ 도 8a ë‚´ė§€ 9bëĨŧ ė°¸ėĄ°í•˜ė—Ŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸°ëĄœ 한다. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ 뤑 í•˜ėš°ė§• 내ëļ€ė˜ 히든 ė˜ė—­ 렄랴ëĨŧ 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€í•˜ëŠ” ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆëŠ” 도 8a 및 도 8bëĨŧ ė°¸ėĄ°í•˜ė—Ŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ęŗ , 히든 ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ėŧëļ€ë§Œė„ 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€í•˜ëŠ” ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆëŠ” 도 9a 및 도 9bëĨŧ ė°¸ėĄ°í•˜ė—Ŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸°ëĄœ 한다.For example, the electronic device checks a change in coordinates of the flexible display in which a hovering input is sensed in real time according to a sliding operation of the flexible display, and based on the change in the coordinates, the touch sensitivity of the flexible display changes from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity You can change the area to be changed in real time. For example, the electronic device may check an exposed area in real time based on a coordinate value that is changed according to a sliding operation, and may decrease touch sensitivity by increasing a threshold value related to a touch input of the exposed area. An operation of changing the touch sensitivity of the exposed area of the flexible display that is changed according to the sliding operation in real time will be described below with reference to FIGS. 8A to 9B . For example, among flexible displays, an embodiment in which the entire hidden region inside the housing is maintained at the second sensitivity will be described with reference to FIGS. 8A and 8B , and an embodiment in which only a part of the hidden region is maintained at the second sensitivity is illustrated in FIG. 9A . and with reference to FIG. 9B.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė´ ėž ę¸ˆ 화면ėœŧ로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ되는 ę˛Ŋ뚰, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė¸ 히든 ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€í•˜ė—Ŧ ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė„ ę°ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ėž ę¸ˆ í™”ëŠ´ė€ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė— ė „ė›ė´ ęŗĩę¸‰ë˜ė§€ ė•Šė•„ í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ė§€ ė•ŠëŠ” ëš„í™œė„ąí™”ëœ ėƒíƒœėŧ ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆęŗ , ė‚ŦėšŠėžė˜ 렄뛐 버íŠŧ ėĄ°ėž‘ė— 기반하ė—Ŧ í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩė€ ę°ė§€ë˜ė§€ë§Œ ė„¤ė •ëœ ėĩœė†Œí•œė˜ ė •ëŗ´(똈: ė‹œę°„, ë‚ ė§œ, ë‚ ė”¨, ė•ŒëĻŧ)ë§Œė´ í‘œė‹œë˜ëŠ” AOD(always on display) ėƒíƒœėŧ ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ëĄœ ė¸í•´ ė‚ŦėšŠėžę°€ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëĨŧ ė‚ŦėšŠí•˜ė§€ ė•ŠëŠ” ë™ė•ˆ ėˆ˜í–‰ë˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ 또는 ėļ•ė†Œė—ë„ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė„ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, when the exposed area of the flexible display is changed to the lock screen, the electronic device maintains the touch sensitivity of at least a portion of the hidden area other than the exposed area of the flexible display as the second sensitivity to provide a second sensitivity. It is possible to detect a hovering input by For example, the lock screen may be in a disabled state where no power is supplied to the exposed area and thus no touch input is detected, and touch input is detected based on the user's power button operation, but with minimal information set (e.g. time , date, weather, and notifications) may be in an always on display (AOD) state. Due to this, the exposed area of the flexible display can be checked in real time even when the flexible display is expanded or reduced while the user is not using the electronic device.

ė´ėƒė—ė„œëŠ”, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ” ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ íŦ기ëĨŧ í™•ė¸í•˜ëŠ” 것ėœŧ로 기ėžŦí•˜ė˜€ėœŧ나, ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė´ í™•ė¸ë˜ëŠ´, ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋí•˜ęŗ , ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í‘œė‹œë  ėģ¨í…ė¸ ė˜ íŦ揰뗐 ëŒ€ė‘ë˜ëŠ” ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•˜ęŗ , ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋí•˜ęŗ , ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤.In the above, it has been described that the electronic device checks the size of the exposed area of the flexible display based on the coordinates at which the hovering input by the conductor is sensed. However, according to various embodiments, when the target exposed area is confirmed, the electronic device The touch sensitivity of the exposed area may be changed to the first sensitivity, and the touch sensitivity of the area other than the target exposed area may be changed to the second sensitivity. For example, the electronic device identifies a target exposed area corresponding to the size of the content to be displayed, changes the touch sensitivity of the target exposed area to the first sensitivity, and sets the touch sensitivity of an area other than the target exposed area to the second sensitivity. You can also change it.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 현ėžŦ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ 및 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 기반ėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ 또는 ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ę˛°ė •í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the electronic device may determine an expansion sliding operation or a reduction sliding operation of the flexible display based on the currently exposed area and the target exposed area of the flexible display.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė´ ėžë™ 또는 ėˆ˜ë™ėœŧ로 ėˆ˜í–‰ë˜ëŠ” ë„ė¤‘ ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩ ė—Ŧëļ€ę°€ ë‹Ŧëŧė§€ëŠ´ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ė™„ëŖŒí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 노ėļœí•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•˜ëŠ” ę˛Ŋ뚰, ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ´, 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ė™„ëŖŒí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ė— ëŒ€í•´ė„œëŠ” 도 10a 및 도 10bëĨŧ ė°¸ėĄ°í•˜ė—Ŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸°ëĄœ 한다. 또 다ëĨ¸ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆëĄœ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 노ėļœí•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•˜ëŠ” ę˛Ŋ뚰, ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ė§€ ė•Šėœŧ늴, ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ė™„ëŖŒí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ė´ė— ëŒ€í•´ė„œëŠ” 도 11a 및 도 11bëĨŧ ė°¸ėĄ°í•˜ė—Ŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸°ëĄœ 한다.According to various embodiments, the electronic device may complete the sliding operation when whether or not a hovering input is made by a conductor changes while the sliding operation of the flexible display is automatically or manually performed. For example, when the electronic device performs an extended sliding operation of the flexible display to expose a target exposed area, if a hovering input by a conductor is sensed, the electronic device may complete the extended sliding operation. This will be described with reference to FIGS. 10A and 10B. As another embodiment, when performing a reduction sliding operation of the flexible display to expose a target exposure area, if a hovering input by a conductor is not detected, the electronic device may complete the reduction sliding operation. This will be described with reference to FIGS. 11A and 11B .

도 8a는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ ėļ•ė†Œëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 도 8a는, 도 7a뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ë°”ė™€ ę°™ė´ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(똈: 도 1ė˜ ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060), 도 2ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103) 또는 도 5ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530))ė˜ 렄랴 ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도가 높ė—Ŧė§„ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ, ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ė´í›„ė˜ ë™ėž‘ė„ ë„ė‹œí•˜ęŗ  ėžˆë‹¤.8A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display in a reduced state according to various embodiments of the present disclosure; For example, FIG. 8A shows the entire area of a flexible display (eg, the display module 1060 of FIG. 1 , the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2 , or the flexible display 530 of FIG. 5 ) as shown in FIG. 7A . An operation after a hovering input by the conductor 520 is sensed is shown in a state in which the touch sensitivity of is increased.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, 도 8aëĨŧ ė°¸ėĄ°í•˜ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: 도 1ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001), í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020) 또는 도 2ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100))는, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(똈: 도 1ė˜ ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060), 도 2ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103) 또는 도 5ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530))가 ėļ•ė†Œëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ėƒė—ė„œ ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•´ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(810)ëĨŧ í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, referring to FIG. 8A , an electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 , the processor 1020 , or the electronic device 100 of FIG. 2 ) may include a flexible display (eg, the electronic device 100 of FIG. 1 ). In a state in which the display module 1060, the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2, or the flexible display 530 of FIG. 5) is reduced, the coordinates 810 at which the hovering input is detected by the conductor 520 on the flexible display are checked. can

도 8aė—ė„œëŠ” 네ëĒ…ė˜ íŽ¸ė˜ëĨŧ ėœ„í•´ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(810)가 í•˜ėš°ė§•(똈: 도 2ė˜ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102) 또는 도 5ė˜ í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)) 내ëļ€ė™€ 뙏ëļ€ė˜ ę˛Ŋęŗ„ ė˜ė—­ė¸ 것ėœŧ로 ë„ė‹œí•˜ė˜€ė§€ë§Œ, ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(810)는 ė „ë„ė˛´(520)ęŗŧ 가ėžĨ ę°€ęšŒėš´ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ë…¸ë“œė˜ ėĸŒí‘œėŧ 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ė´ ę˛Ŋ뚰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­(820)ė€ ė „ë„ė˛´(520)ęŗŧ 가ėžĨ ę°€ęšŒėš´ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ë…¸ë“œė˜ ėĸŒí‘œė™€ í•˜ėš°ė§•ė˜ ę˛Ŋęŗ„ ė‚Ŧė´ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė„ ęŗ ë ¤í•˜ė—Ŧ í™•ė¸ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. In FIG. 8A , for convenience of explanation, the coordinates 810 at which the hovering input is sensed are shown as the boundary area between the inside and the outside of the housing (eg, the second structure 102 of FIG. 2 or the housing 510 of FIG. 5 ). , according to various embodiments, the coordinates 810 at which the hovering input is sensed may be the coordinates of at least one node of the flexible display closest to the conductor 520. In this case, the exposed area 820 of the flexible display is a conductor It may be confirmed by considering the area between the coordinates of at least one node of the flexible display closest to 520 and the boundary of the housing.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(810)ëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­(820) 및 í•˜ėš°ė§• ë‚´ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 히든 ė˜ė—­(830)ė„ í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, the electronic device may identify the exposed area 820 of the flexible display and the hidden area 830 of the flexible display in the housing based on the coordinates 810 at which the hovering input is sensed.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­(820)ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 렜1 감도로 낮ėļ”ęŗ , í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 히든 ė˜ė—­(830) ė „ė˛´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the electronic device lowers the touch sensitivity of the exposed region 820 of the flexible display from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity, and maintains the touch sensitivity of the entire hidden region 830 of the flexible display at the second sensitivity. can

도 8b는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ 확ėžĨ ė¤‘ė¸ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.8B is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display in a state in which the flexible display is being expanded according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, 도 8bëĨŧ ė°¸ėĄ°í•˜ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 기반하ė—Ŧ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ ėļ•ė†Œëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ í™•ė¸ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(810)ė˜ 노드는 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ë°Ší–Ĩėœŧ로 ė´ë™í•˜ęŗ , ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•´ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ” ë…¸ë“œė˜ ėĸŒí‘œ(811)는 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ë°Ší–Ĩęŗŧ 반대 ë°Ší–Ĩėœŧ로 ė´ë™ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 도 8b뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ę¸°ėĄ´ í™•ė¸ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(810)는 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 기반하ė—Ŧ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ” ėĸŒí‘œę°€ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋë¨ė„ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ í‘œė‹œëœ 것ėŧ ëŋė´ë‹¤. According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, referring to FIG. 8B , based on the expansion sliding operation of the flexible display, the node of the identified coordinates 810 in the reduced state of the flexible display moves in the expansion direction of the flexible display and , the coordinates 811 of the node at which the hovering input is sensed by the conductor 520 may be moved in a direction opposite to the expansion direction of the flexible display. The previously confirmed coordinates 810 shown in FIG. 8B are merely displayed to explain that the coordinates at which the hovering input is sensed are changed based on the extended sliding operation.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 따ëŧ, ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•´ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ” ėĸŒí‘œ(811)ëĨŧ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, the electronic device may check the coordinates 811 at which the hovering input is sensed by the conductor 520 in real time according to the extended sliding operation of the flexible display.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ ė¤‘ė¸ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ í™•ė¸ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(811)ëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­(821) 및 í•˜ėš°ė§• ë‚´ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 히든 ė˜ė—­(831)ė„ í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, the electronic device may display an exposed area 821 of the flexible display and a hidden area 831 of the flexible display within the housing based on the coordinates 811 at which the hovering input is confirmed while the flexible display is in an extended sliding operation. )can confirm.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ 확ėžĨ ė¤‘ė¸ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­(821)ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 렜1 감도로 낮ėļ”ęŗ , í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 히든 ė˜ė—­(831) ė „ė˛´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” ėļ•ė†Œëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(810)뙀 확ėžĨ ė¤‘ė¸ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(811) ė‚Ŧė´ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 낮ėļœ ėˆ˜ ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, the electronic device lowers the touch sensitivity of the exposed region 821 from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity in a state in which the flexible display is expanding, and increases the touch sensitivity of the entire hidden region 831 of the flexible display. The second sensitivity can be maintained. For example, the electronic device may lower the touch sensitivity of a region between the coordinates 810 where the hovering input is sensed in the reduced state and the coordinates 811 where the hovering input is sensed in the expanded state.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨė´ ė™„ëŖŒë˜ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” 확ėžĨė´ ė™„ëŖŒëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ í™•ė¸í•˜ęŗ , í™•ė¸ëœ ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, when the expansion of the flexible display is completed, the electronic device checks the coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input by the conductor 520 is sensed in the state where the expansion is completed, and based on the confirmed coordinates, the flexible display is displayed. You can check the exposed area.

도 8a 및 도 8bė—ė„œëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— ëŒ€í•´ė„œë§Œ ë„ė‹œë˜ė—ˆėœŧ나, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė—ė„œë„ ė ėšŠë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ 확ėžĨ된 ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 렄랴 ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 높ė—Ŧ 현ėžŦ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•˜ęŗ , 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 낮ėļ˜ í›„, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 따ëŧ í•˜ėš°ė§• 내ëļ€ëĄœ ė§„ėž…ë˜ëŠ” ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 높ėŧ 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.Although only the expansion sliding operation of the flexible display is illustrated in FIGS. 8A and 8B , it may also be applied to the reduction sliding operation of the flexible display. For example, in a state in which the flexible display is expanded, the electronic device increases the touch sensitivity of the entire area of the flexible display to check the currently exposed area, lowers the touch sensitivity of the exposed area, and then according to the shrinking sliding operation of the flexible display It is possible to increase the touch sensitivity of the area entering the housing.

도 9a는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ ėļ•ė†Œëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 도 9a는, 도 7a뙀 ę°™ė´ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(똈: 도 1ė˜ ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060), 도 2ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103) 또는 도 5ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530))ė˜ 렄랴 ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도가 높ė—Ŧė§„ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ, ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ė´í›„ė˜ ë™ėž‘ė„ ë„ė‹œí•˜ęŗ  ėžˆë‹¤.9A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display in a reduced state according to various embodiments of the present disclosure; For example, FIG. 9A shows the touch sensitivity of the entire area of the flexible display (eg, the display module 1060 of FIG. 1 , the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2 , or the flexible display 530 of FIG. 5 ) as shown in FIG. 7A . It shows an operation after a hovering input by the conductor 520 is sensed in a raised state.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, 도 9aëĨŧ ė°¸ėĄ°í•˜ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: 도 1ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001), í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020) 또는 도 2ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100))는, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(똈: 도 1ė˜ ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060), 도 2ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103) 또는 도 5ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530))가 ėļ•ė†Œëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ėƒė—ė„œ ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•´ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(910)ëĨŧ í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, referring to FIG. 9A , an electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 , the processor 1020 , or the electronic device 100 of FIG. 2 ) may include a flexible display (eg, the electronic device 100 of FIG. 1 ). In a state in which the display module 1060, the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2, or the flexible display 530 of FIG. 5) is reduced, the coordinates 910 at which the hovering input is detected by the conductor 520 on the flexible display are checked. can

도 9aė—ė„œëŠ” 네ëĒ…ė˜ íŽ¸ė˜ëĨŧ ėœ„í•´ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(910)가 í•˜ėš°ė§•(똈: 도 2ė˜ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102) 또는 도 5ė˜ í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)) 내ëļ€ė™€ 뙏ëļ€ė˜ ę˛Ŋęŗ„ ė˜ė—­ė¸ 것ėœŧ로 ë„ė‹œí•˜ė˜€ė§€ë§Œ, ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(910)는 ė „ë„ė˛´(520)ęŗŧ 가ėžĨ ę°€ęšŒėš´ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ë…¸ë“œė˜ ėĸŒí‘œėŧ 눘 ėžˆėœŧ늰, ė´ ę˛Ŋ뚰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­(920)ė€ ė „ë„ė˛´(520)ęŗŧ 가ėžĨ ę°€ęšŒėš´ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ ë…¸ë“œė˜ ėĸŒí‘œė™€ í•˜ėš°ė§•ė˜ ę˛Ŋęŗ„ ė‚Ŧė´ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė„ ęŗ ë ¤í•˜ė—Ŧ í™•ė¸ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. In FIG. 9A, for convenience of explanation, the coordinates 910 at which the hovering input is sensed are shown as the boundary area between the inside and the outside of the housing (eg, the second structure 102 in FIG. 2 or the housing 510 in FIG. 5). , according to various embodiments, the coordinates 910 at which the hovering input is sensed may be the coordinates of at least one node of the flexible display closest to the conductor 520. In this case, the exposed area 920 of the flexible display is a conductor It may be confirmed by considering the area between the coordinates of at least one node of the flexible display closest to 520 and the boundary of the housing.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(910)ëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­(920) 및 í•˜ėš°ė§• ë‚´ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 히든 ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, the electronic device may identify the exposed area 920 of the flexible display and the hidden area of the flexible display in the housing based on the coordinates 910 where the hovering input is sensed.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­(920)ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 렜1 감도로 낮ėļ”ęŗ , í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 히든 ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ėŧëļ€ ė˜ė—­(930)ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 히든 ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ėŧëļ€ ė˜ė—­(930)ė€ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(910)ëĨŧ 揰뤀ėœŧ로 ė„¤ė •ëœ íŦę¸°ė˜ ė˜ė—­ėŧ 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 히든 ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ėŧëļ€ ė˜ė—­(930)ė„ ė œė™¸í•œ ė˜ė—­ė€ ëš„í™œė„ąí™”í•  ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, the electronic device lowers the touch sensitivity of the exposed region 920 of the flexible display from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity, and increases the touch sensitivity of the partial region 930 of the hidden region of the flexible display to the second sensitivity. can be maintained as For example, a partial area 930 of the hidden area may be an area having a size set based on the coordinates 910 at which the hovering input is sensed. According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, the electronic device may inactivate an area other than a partial area 930 of the hidden area of the flexible display.

도 9b는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ 확ėžĨ ė¤‘ė¸ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.9B is a view for explaining the touch sensitivity of the flexible display in a state in which the flexible display is being expanded according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, 도 9bëĨŧ ė°¸ėĄ°í•˜ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 기반하ė—Ŧ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ ėļ•ė†Œëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ í™•ė¸ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(910)ė˜ 노드는 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ë°Ší–Ĩėœŧ로 ė´ë™í•˜ęŗ , ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•´ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ” ë…¸ë“œė˜ ėĸŒí‘œ(911)는 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ë°Ší–Ĩęŗŧ 반대 ë°Ší–Ĩėœŧ로 ė´ë™ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 도 9b뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ę¸°ėĄ´ í™•ė¸ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(910)는 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 기반하ė—Ŧ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ” ėĸŒí‘œę°€ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋë¨ė„ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ í‘œė‹œëœ 것ėŧ ëŋė´ë‹¤. According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, referring to FIG. 9B , based on the expansion sliding operation of the flexible display, the node of the identified coordinates 910 in the reduced state of the flexible display moves in the expansion direction of the flexible display and , coordinates 911 of a node at which a hovering input is sensed by the conductor 520 may be moved in a direction opposite to the expansion direction of the flexible display. The previously confirmed coordinates 910 shown in FIG. 9B are only displayed to explain that the coordinates at which the hovering input is sensed are changed based on the extended sliding operation.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 따ëŧ, ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•´ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ” ėĸŒí‘œ(911)ëĨŧ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, the electronic device may check the coordinates 911 at which a hovering input is sensed by the conductor 520 in real time according to an extended sliding operation of the flexible display.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ ė¤‘ė¸ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ í™•ė¸ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(911)ëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­(921) 및 í•˜ėš°ė§• ë‚´ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 히든 ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, the electronic device may check the exposed area 921 of the flexible display and the hidden area of the flexible display in the housing based on the coordinate 911 at which the hovering input is confirmed in the extended sliding operation of the flexible display. can

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ 확ėžĨ ė¤‘ė¸ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­(921)ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 렜1 감도로 낮ėļ”ęŗ , í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 히든 ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ėŧëļ€ ė˜ė—­(931)ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” ėļ•ė†Œëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(910)뙀 확ėžĨ ė¤‘ė¸ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(911) ė‚Ŧė´ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 낮ėļœ ėˆ˜ ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, the electronic device lowers the touch sensitivity of the exposed region 921 from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity in a state in which the flexible display is being expanded, and touches the partial region 931 of the hidden region of the flexible display. The sensitivity may be maintained at the second sensitivity. For example, the electronic device may lower the touch sensitivity of a region between the coordinates 910 where the hovering input is sensed in the reduced state and the coordinates 911 where the hovering input is sensed in the expanded state.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ ė¤‘ė¸ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œė˜ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ í™•ė¸ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(911)ëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 í™•ė¸ëœ 히든 ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ėŧëļ€ ė˜ė—­(931)ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 히든 ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ėŧëļ€ ė˜ė—­(931)ė€ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(911)ëĨŧ 揰뤀ėœŧ로 ė„¤ė •ëœ íŦę¸°ė˜ ė˜ė—­ėŧ 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 히든 ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ėŧëļ€ ė˜ė—­(931)ė„ ė œė™¸í•œ ė˜ė—­ė€ ëš„í™œė„ąí™”í•  ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, the electronic device maintains, as the second sensitivity, the touch sensitivity of the partial region 931 among the hidden regions identified based on the coordinates 911 for which the hovering input is confirmed in a state in which the flexible display is in an extended sliding operation. can For example, the partial area 931 of the hidden area may be an area having a size set based on the coordinate 911 at which the hovering input is sensed. According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, the electronic device may inactivate an area other than a partial area 931 of the hidden area of the flexible display.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨė´ ė™„ëŖŒë˜ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” 확ėžĨė´ ė™„ëŖŒëœ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ í™•ė¸í•˜ęŗ , í™•ė¸ëœ ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, when the expansion of the flexible display is completed, the electronic device checks the coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input by the conductor 520 is sensed in the state where the expansion is completed, and based on the confirmed coordinates, the flexible display is displayed. You can check the exposed area.

도 9a 및 도 9bė—ė„œëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— ëŒ€í•´ė„œë§Œ ë„ė‹œë˜ė—ˆėœŧ나, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė—ė„œë„ ė ėšŠë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ 확ėžĨ된 ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 렄랴 ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 높ė—Ŧ 현ėžŦ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•˜ęŗ , 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 낮ėļ˜ í›„, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 따ëŧ í•˜ėš°ė§• 내ëļ€ëĄœ ė§„ėž…ë˜ëŠ” ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 높ėŧ 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.In FIGS. 9A and 9B , only the expansion sliding operation of the flexible display is illustrated, but it may also be applied to the reduction sliding operation of the flexible display. For example, in a state in which the flexible display is expanded, the electronic device increases the touch sensitivity of the entire area of the flexible display to check the currently exposed area, lowers the touch sensitivity of the exposed area, and then according to the shrinking sliding operation of the flexible display It is possible to increase the touch sensitivity of the area entering the housing.

도 10a는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 노ėļœí•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ 하는 ę˛Ŋ뚰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 도 10a는, 도 8a뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ë°”ė™€ ę°™ė´ ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(똈: 도 1ė˜ ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060), 도 2ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103) 또는 도 5ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530))ė˜ 현ėžŦ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•˜ęŗ , ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 노ėļœí•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•˜ëŠ” 것ėœŧ로 ę˛°ė •í•œ ė´í›„ė˜ ë™ėž‘ė„ ë„ė‹œí•˜ęŗ  ėžˆë‹¤.10A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display when an extended sliding operation is performed to expose a target exposure area of the flexible display according to various embodiments of the present disclosure; For example, FIG. 10A shows a flexible display (eg, the display module 1060 of FIG. 1 , the flexible display of FIG. 2 ) based on the coordinates where the hovering input by the conductor 520 is sensed as shown in FIG. 8A 103) or an operation after determining that the currently exposed area of the flexible display 530 of FIG. 5 is checked and the expansion sliding operation is determined to expose the target exposed area is shown.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, 도 10aëĨŧ ė°¸ėĄ°í•˜ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: 도 1ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001), í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020) 또는 도 2ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100))는, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­(1010)ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜1 감도로 ė„¤ė •í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” 도 8a뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ë°”ė™€ ę°™ė´ 현ėžŦ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ë§Œ 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ한 ė´í›„, í•˜ėš°ė§•(똈: 도 2ė˜ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102) 또는 도 5ė˜ í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)) 내ëļ€ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 히든 ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­(1010)뗐 íŦ함되는 ė˜ė—­ë§Œ ėļ”ę°€ëĄœ 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 또 다ëĨ¸ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆëĄœ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” 도 7a뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ë°”ė™€ ę°™ė´ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 렄랴 ė˜ė—­ė´ 렜2 ę°ë„ė¸ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­(1010)ė„ 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤. ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ 뤑 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­(1010) ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­(1020)ė€ 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 도 10a뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ë°”ė™€ ę°™ė´ 히든 ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ėŧëļ€ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도가 렜1 감도로 ë‚Žė•„ė§ė— 따ëŧ, 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ í†ĩ해 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­(1010)ė´ ëĒ¨ë‘ 노ėļœë˜ę¸° ė „ęšŒė§€ëŠ” ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë  눘 ė—†ë‹¤.According to various embodiments, referring to FIG. 10A , an electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 , the processor 1020 , or the electronic device 100 of FIG. 2 ) may include a target exposed area 1010 of the flexible display. ) may be set as the first sensitivity. For example, in the electronic device, after changing only the current exposure area to the first sensitivity as shown in FIG. 8A , the inside of the housing (eg, the second structure 102 of FIG. 2 or the housing 510 of FIG. 5 ) Only an area included in the target exposure area 1010 among the hidden areas of the flexible display may be additionally changed to the first sensitivity. As another embodiment, as shown in FIG. 7A , the electronic device may change the target exposure area 1010 to the first sensitivity while the entire area of the flexible display has the second sensitivity. According to various embodiments, the electronic device may maintain the area 1020 other than the target exposure area 1010 of the flexible display as the second sensitivity. As shown in FIG. 10A , as the touch sensitivity of some of the hidden regions is lowered to the first sensitivity, a hovering input by the conductor 520 is sensed until all of the target exposed regions 1010 are exposed through an extended sliding operation. can't be

도 10b는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė´ ė™„ëŖŒë˜ëŠ” ė‹¤ė‹œ 똈ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.10B is a view for explaining an embodiment in which an extended sliding operation of a flexible display is completed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ”, 도 10a뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ë°”ė™€ ę°™ė´, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė—ë„ ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė„ ę°ė§€í•˜ė§€ ëĒģ하다가, 도 10b뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ë°”ė™€ ę°™ė´ 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€ë˜ëŠ” ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­(1020)ė´ ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뙀 ę°€ęšŒė›Œė ¸ ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ” ėĸŒí‘œ(1030)가 í™•ė¸ë˜ëŠ´, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­(1010)ė´ ëĒ¨ë‘ 노ėļœëœ 것ėœŧ로 íŒë‹¨í•˜ęŗ , 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ė™„ëŖŒí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 10A , the electronic device does not detect a hovering input by the conductor 520 even in an extended sliding operation of the flexible display, but returns to the second sensitivity as shown in FIG. 10B . When the area other than the maintained area 1020 is close to the conductor 520 and the coordinates 1030 at which the hovering input by the conductor 520 is detected is confirmed, it is determined that the target exposed area 1010 of the flexible display is all exposed, , the expansion sliding operation can be completed.

도 11a는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 노ėļœí•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ 하는 ę˛Ŋ뚰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 도 11a는, ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(1110)ëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(똈: 도 1ė˜ ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060), 도 2ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103) 또는 도 5ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530))ė˜ 현ėžŦ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė„ í™•ė¸í•˜ęŗ , ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 노ėļœí•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•˜ëŠ” 것ėœŧ로 ę˛°ė •í•œ ė´í›„ė˜ ë™ėž‘ė„ ë„ė‹œí•˜ęŗ  ėžˆë‹¤.11A is a diagram for describing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display when a reduction sliding operation is performed to expose a target exposure area of the flexible display according to various embodiments of the present disclosure; For example, FIG. 11A shows a flexible display (eg, the display module 1060 of FIG. 1 , the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2 or FIG. 5 shows an operation after confirming the currently exposed area of the flexible display 530 , and determining to perform a reduction sliding operation to expose the target exposed area.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, 도 11aëĨŧ ė°¸ėĄ°í•˜ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: 도 1ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001), í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020) 또는 도 2ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100))는, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­(1120)ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜1 감도로 ė„¤ė •í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ 확ėžĨ된 ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ 현ėžŦ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ë§Œ 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ한 ė´í›„, 현ėžŦ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­(1120)뗐 íŦí•¨ë˜ė§€ ė•ŠëŠ” ė˜ė—­ë§Œ 렜2 감도로 ë‹¤ė‹œ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. 또 다ëĨ¸ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆëĄœ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 렄랴 ė˜ė—­ė´ 렜2 ę°ë„ė¸ ėƒíƒœė—ė„œ ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­(1120)ė„ 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, referring to FIG. 11A , an electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 , the processor 1020 , or the electronic device 100 of FIG. 2 ) may include a target exposed area 1120 of the flexible display. ) may be set as the first sensitivity. For example, after changing only the current exposure area to the first sensitivity in a state in which the flexible display is expanded, the electronic device may change only the currently exposed area, which is not included in the target exposure area 1120, back to the second sensitivity. have. As another embodiment, the electronic device may change the target exposure area 1120 to the first sensitivity while the entire area of the flexible display has the second sensitivity.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ 뤑 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­(1120) ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­(1130)ė€, í„°ėš˜ 감도가 렜2 ę°ë„ė´ëŠ°, í•˜ėš°ė§•(똈: 도 2ė˜ 렜2 ęĩŦėĄ°ëŦŧ(102) 또는 도 5ė˜ í•˜ėš°ė§•(510)) ë‚´ė˜ 히든 ė˜ė—­ 및 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ėŧëļ€ëĨŧ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, in the area 1130 other than the target exposed area 1120 of the flexible display, the touch sensitivity is the second sensitivity, and the housing (eg, the second structure 102 of FIG. 2 or the housing ( 510)) of the hidden region and the exposed region may be included.

도 11a뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ë°”ė™€ ę°™ė´ 현ėžŦ 노ėļœëœ 뤑 ėŧëļ€ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도가 렜2 ę°ë„ėž„ė— 따ëŧ, ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ í†ĩ해 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­(1120)ë§Œė´ 노ėļœë˜ę¸° ė „ęšŒė§€ëŠ” ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 ę°ė§€ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.As shown in FIG. 11A , as the touch sensitivity of some of the currently exposed touches is the second sensitivity, the hovering input by the conductor 520 is performed in real time until only the target exposed area 1120 is exposed through the reduction sliding operation. can be detected.

도 11b는 ëŗ¸ ę°œė‹œė˜ ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė´ ė™„ëŖŒë˜ëŠ” ė‹¤ė‹œ 똈ëĨŧ 네ëĒ…í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ë„ëŠ´ė´ë‹¤.11B is a view for explaining an embodiment in which a reduction/sliding operation of the flexible display is completed according to various embodiments of the present disclosure;

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 따ëŧ 도 11aė—ė„œė˜ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ ėĸŒí‘œ(1110)ė˜ 노드는 í•˜ėš°ė§• 내ëļ€ëĄœ ė´ë™í•˜ęŗ , ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ” ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 í™•ė¸í•˜ë‹¤ę°€, 도 11b뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ë°”ė™€ ę°™ė´ 렜1 ę°ë„ė¸ ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­(1120)ė´ ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뙀 ę°€ęšŒė›Œė ¸ ė „ë„ė˛´(520)뗐 ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ė§€ ė•ŠëŠ” ėĸŒí‘œ(1111)가 í™•ė¸ë˜ëŠ´, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­(1120)ë§Œė´ 노ėļœëœ 것ėœŧ로 íŒë‹¨í•˜ęŗ , ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ė™„ëŖŒí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤., According to various embodiments, the node of the coordinates 1110 at which the hovering input is sensed in FIG. 11A moves into the housing according to the shrinking sliding operation of the flexible display, and the electronic device detects the hovering input by the conductor 520 . While checking the coordinates in real time, as shown in FIG. 11B , when the target exposed area 1120 with the first sensitivity is close to the conductor 520 and the coordinates 1111 at which the hovering input by the conductor 520 is not detected is confirmed , It is determined that only the target exposed area 1120 of the flexible display is exposed, and the reduction sliding operation can be completed.,

도 12는 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ 도 11a뙀 ę°™ė€ í„°ėš˜ ę°ë„ė¸ ę˛Ŋ뚰, ė‚ŦėšŠėžė—ę˛Œ 렜ęŗĩ되는 ėœ ė € ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤ í™”ëŠ´ė˜ ėŧ ė‹¤ė‹œ 똈ëĨŧ ë„ė‹œí•œ ę˛ƒė´ë‹¤.FIG. 12 illustrates an embodiment of a user interface screen provided to a user when the flexible display has a touch sensitivity as shown in FIG. 11A.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(똈: 도 1ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(1001), í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ(1020) 또는 도 2ė˜ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜(100))는, 도 11a뙀 ę°™ė´ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(똈: 도 1ė˜ ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ëĒ¨ë“ˆ(1060), 도 2ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(103) 또는 도 5ė˜ í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´(530))ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ 뤑 ėŧëļ€ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도가 ë†’ė€ ę˛Ŋ뚰, ė´ëĨŧ ė‚ŦėšŠėžė—ę˛Œ ė•ŒëĻŦ기 ėœ„í•œ ėœ ė € ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤ í™”ëŠ´ė„ 렜ęŗĩ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤, 똈ëĨŧ ë“¤ė–´, 도 12뗐 ë„ė‹œëœ ë°”ė™€ ę°™ė´, í„°ėš˜ 감도가 ë†’ė€ ė˜ė—­ė— í•˜ė´ëŧė´íŠ¸(1210)ëĨŧ í‘œė‹œí•˜ęą°ë‚˜, í„°ėš˜ 감도가 ë†’ė€ ė˜ė—­ė— í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩė„ í•˜ė§€ 말ëŧ는 ëŠ”ė‹œė§€ëĨŧ í‘œė‹œí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤. ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëŧ, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” ėœ ė € ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤ 화면ęŗŧ 함ęģ˜ ë˜ëŠ” ėœ ė € ė¸í„°íŽ˜ė´ėŠ¤ í™”ëŠ´ė„ ëŒ€ė˛´í•˜ė—Ŧ ėŒė„ą ėļœë Ĩ, ė§„ë™ęŗŧ ę°™ė€ í”ŧë“œë°ąė„ 렜ęŗĩ할 ėˆ˜ë„ ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the electronic device (eg, the electronic device 1001 of FIG. 1 , the processor 1020 , or the electronic device 100 of FIG. 2 ) may include a flexible display (eg, the display module of FIG. 1 ) as shown in FIG. 11A . (1060), when the touch sensitivity of some of the exposed regions of the flexible display 103 of FIG. 2 or the flexible display 530 of FIG. 5) is high, a user interface screen for notifying the user may be provided, yes For example, as shown in FIG. 12 , a highlight 1210 may be displayed in an area with high touch sensitivity, or a message indicating that a touch input should not be performed on an area with high touch sensitivity may be displayed. According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, the electronic device may provide feedback such as voice output or vibration together with or in place of the user interface screen.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ëŠ” í•˜ėš°ė§•, 냁揰 í•˜ėš°ė§• 내ëļ€ė— ë°°ėš˜ëœ ė „ë„ė˛´, 냁揰 í•˜ėš°ė§•ė„ í†ĩ해 ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ę°€ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ 노ėļœë˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė™€ ėž‘ë™ė ėœŧ로 ė—°ę˛°ëœ ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëĨŧ íŦí•¨í•˜ęŗ , 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 ę°ë„ëŗ´ë‹¤ ë†’ė€ 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋí•˜ęŗ , 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ėƒė— 냁揰 ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ´, 냁揰 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ í™•ė¸í•˜ęŗ , 냁揰 ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, the electronic device includes a housing, a conductor disposed inside the housing, a flexible display at least partially exposed through the housing, and at least one processor operatively connected to the flexible display, and the The at least one processor changes the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to a second sensitivity higher than the first sensitivity, and when a hovering input by the conductor is sensed on the flexible display, the hovering input is sensed coordinates of the flexible display may be checked, and a touch sensitivity of an exposed area of the flexible display may be changed from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity based on the coordinates.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 따ëŧ 냁揰 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėĸŒí‘œė˜ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋė„ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 í™•ė¸í•˜ęŗ , 냁揰 ėĸŒí‘œė˜ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋė„ 기반ėœŧ로 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ 뤑 í„°ėš˜ 감도가 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ되는 ė˜ė—­ė„ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤. According to various embodiments, the at least one processor may check, in real time, a change in coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input is sensed according to a sliding operation of the flexible display, and based on the change of the coordinates, the flexible display A region in which the middle touch sensitivity is changed from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity may be changed in real time.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ė•ˆ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė— í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩė„ ë°Šė§€í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ëŠ”ė‹œė§€ëĨŧ 냁揰 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė— í‘œė‹œí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, the at least one processor sends a message for preventing a touch input to the exposed area of the flexible display while changing the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity. The display may be displayed on an exposed area of the flexible display.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”, í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩęŗŧ 관련된 ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ė„ 낮ėļ° ėƒę¸° í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋí•˜ęŗ , 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩęŗŧ 관련된 ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ė„ 높ė—Ŧ 냁揰 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, the at least one processor changes the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity by lowering a threshold value related to a touch input, and touches the exposed area of the flexible display. The touch sensitivity of the exposed area may be changed from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity by increasing a threshold value related to an input.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė´ ėž ę¸ˆ 화면ėœŧ로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ되는 ę˛Ŋ뚰, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€í•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, when the exposed area of the flexible display is changed to a lock screen, the at least one processor may maintain the touch sensitivity of an area other than the exposed area of the flexible display as the second sensitivity. .

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 ė „ë„ė˛´ëŠ”, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ 냁揰 í•˜ėš°ė§•ė˜ 내ëļ€ė—ė„œ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ 노ėļœë˜ëŠ” 냁揰 í•˜ėš°ė§•ė˜ ę˛Ŋ溄뗐 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, the conductor may be disposed at a boundary of the housing through which the flexible display is exposed to the outside from the inside of the housing.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė´ í™•ė¸ë˜ëŠ´, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 냁揰 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋí•˜ęŗ , 냁揰 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, when the target exposure area of the flexible display is identified, the at least one processor changes the touch sensitivity of the target exposed area of the flexible display to the first sensitivity, and changes the touch sensitivity of the target exposed area of the flexible display to the first sensitivity. The touch sensitivity of the region may be changed to the second sensitivity.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”, 냁揰 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 노ėļœí•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•˜ëŠ” ę˛Ŋ뚰, 냁揰 ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ´ 냁揰 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ė™„ëŖŒí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, when the at least one processor performs the extended sliding operation of the flexible display to expose the target exposed area, when the hovering input by the conductor is sensed, the extended sliding operation may be completed. have.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”, 냁揰 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 노ėļœí•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•˜ëŠ” ę˛Ŋ뚰, 냁揰 ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ė§€ ė•Šėœŧ늴 냁揰 ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ė™„ëŖŒí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, when the at least one processor performs the reduction sliding operation of the flexible display to expose the target exposure area, if the hovering input by the conductor is not detected, the reduction sliding operation is completed. can

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ 뤑 냁揰 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė—ė˜ í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩė„ ë°Šė§€í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ëŠ”ė‹œė§€ëĨŧ í‘œė‹œí•  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, the at least one processor may display a message for preventing a touch input to an area other than the target exposed area among the exposed areas of the flexible display.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, í•˜ėš°ė§• 내ëļ€ė— ė „ë„ė˛´ę°€ ë°°ėš˜ëœ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ ė œė–´ ë°Šë˛•ė€, í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 ę°ë„ëŗ´ë‹¤ ë†’ė€ 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ėž‘, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ėƒė— 냁揰 ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ´, 냁揰 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ í™•ė¸í•˜ëŠ” ë™ėž‘ 및 냁揰 ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ėž‘ė„ íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, a method for controlling an electronic device in which a conductor is disposed inside a housing includes changing a touch sensitivity of a flexible display from a first sensitivity to a second sensitivity higher than the first sensitivity; When a hovering input by a conductor is sensed, an operation of checking coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input is sensed and a touch sensitivity of an exposed area of the flexible display based on the coordinates are determined from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity may include an operation to change to .

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 따ëŧ 냁揰 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėĸŒí‘œė˜ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋė„ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 í™•ė¸í•˜ëŠ” ë™ėž‘ 및 냁揰 ėĸŒí‘œė˜ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋė„ 기반ėœŧ로 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ 뤑 í„°ėš˜ 감도가 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ되는 ė˜ė—­ė„ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ėž‘ė„ 더 íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, based on an operation of checking in real time a change in the coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input is sensed according to the sliding operation of the flexible display and the change of the coordinates, the touch sensitivity of the flexible display is determined by the second The method may further include changing an area changed from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity in real time.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ė•ˆ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė— í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩė„ ë°Šė§€í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ëŠ”ė‹œė§€ëĨŧ 냁揰 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė— í‘œė‹œí•˜ëŠ” ë™ėž‘ė„ 더 íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, while changing the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity, a message for preventing a touch input on the exposed region of the flexible display is displayed on the exposed region of the flexible display. It may further include an operation of displaying in .

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ėž‘ė€, í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩęŗŧ 관련된 ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ė„ 낮ėļ° ėƒę¸° í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋí•˜ęŗ , 냁揰 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ėž‘ė€, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩęŗŧ 관련된 ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ė„ 높ė—Ŧ 냁揰 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, the changing to the second sensitivity may include changing the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity by lowering a threshold value related to a touch input, and performing a touch in the exposed area. The operation of changing the sensitivity from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity may include increasing a threshold value related to a touch input of an exposed region of the flexible display to change the touch sensitivity of the exposed region from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity. can be changed to

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė´ ėž ę¸ˆ 화면ėœŧ로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ되는 ę˛Ŋ뚰, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€í•˜ëŠ” ë™ėž‘ė„ 더 íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, when the exposed area of the flexible display is changed to a lock screen, the method may further include maintaining the touch sensitivity of an area other than the exposed area of the flexible display as the second sensitivity.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 ė „ë„ė˛´ëŠ”, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ 냁揰 í•˜ėš°ė§•ė˜ 내ëļ€ė—ė„œ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ 노ėļœë˜ëŠ” 냁揰 í•˜ėš°ė§•ė˜ ę˛Ŋ溄뗐 ë°°ėš˜ë  눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, the conductor may be disposed at a boundary of the housing through which the flexible display is exposed to the outside from the inside of the housing.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė´ í™•ė¸ë˜ëŠ´, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 냁揰 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋí•˜ęŗ , 냁揰 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ėž‘ė„ 더 íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, when the target exposure area of the flexible display is confirmed, the touch sensitivity of the target exposure area of the flexible display is changed to the first sensitivity, and the touch sensitivity of an area other than the target exposure area is set as the second sensitivity. 2 may further include an operation of changing the sensitivity.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 노ėļœí•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•˜ëŠ” ę˛Ŋ뚰, 냁揰 ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ´ 냁揰 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ė™„ëŖŒí•˜ëŠ” ë™ėž‘ė„ 더 íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, when performing the extended sliding operation of the flexible display to expose the target exposure area, the method may further include completing the extended sliding operation when a hovering input by the conductor is sensed.

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 노ėļœí•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•˜ëŠ” ę˛Ŋ뚰, 냁揰 ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ė§€ ė•Šėœŧ늴 냁揰 ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ė™„ëŖŒí•˜ëŠ” ë™ėž‘ė„ 더 íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments of the present disclosure, when performing the reduction sliding operation of the flexible display to expose the target exposure area, the method may further include the operation of completing the reduction sliding operation if the hovering input by the conductor is not detected. .

ë‹¤ė–‘í•œ ė‹¤ė‹œ ė˜ˆė— 따ëĨ´ëŠ´, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ 뤑 냁揰 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė—ė˜ í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩė„ ë°Šė§€í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ëŠ”ė‹œė§€ëĨŧ í‘œė‹œí•˜ëŠ” ë™ėž‘ė„ 더 íŦ함할 눘 ėžˆë‹¤.According to various embodiments, the method may further include displaying a message for preventing a touch input to an area other than the target exposed area among the exposed areas of the flexible display.

ė´ėƒ, ëŗ¸ ëŦ¸ė„œė˜ ėƒė„¸í•œ 네ëĒ…ė—ė„œëŠ” ęĩŦė˛´ė ė¸ ė‹¤ė‹œė˜ˆė— ę´€í•´ė„œ 네ëĒ…í•˜ė˜€ėœŧ나, ëŗ¸ 발ëĒ…ė˜ ë˛”ėœ„ė—ė„œ ë˛—ė–´ë‚˜ė§€ ė•ŠëŠ” 한도 ë‚´ė—ė„œ ė—ŦëŸŦ 氀맀 ëŗ€í˜•ė´ 가ëŠĨí•¨ė€ 당해 ëļ„ė•ŧė—ė„œ í†ĩėƒė˜ ė§€ė‹ė„ 氀맄 ėžė—ę˛Œ ėžˆė–´ė„œ ėžëĒ…í•˜ë‹¤ 할 ę˛ƒė´ë‹¤.As mentioned above, in the detailed description of this document, specific embodiments have been described, but it will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art that various modifications are possible without departing from the scope of the present invention.

Claims (15)

ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ,In an electronic device, í•˜ėš°ė§•;housing; 냁揰 í•˜ėš°ė§• 내ëļ€ė— ë°°ėš˜ëœ ė „ë„ė˛´;a conductor disposed inside the housing; 냁揰 í•˜ėš°ė§•ė„ í†ĩ해 ė ė–´ë„ ėŧëļ€ę°€ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ 노ėļœë˜ëŠ” í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´;a flexible display, at least a portion of which is exposed to the outside through the housing; 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė™€ ėž‘ë™ė ėœŧ로 ė—°ę˛°ëœ ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œ;ëĨŧ íŦí•¨í•˜ęŗ ,at least one processor operatively connected to the flexible display; 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”,the at least one processor, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 ę°ë„ëŗ´ë‹¤ ë†’ė€ 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋí•˜ęŗ ,changing the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to a second sensitivity higher than the first sensitivity; 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ėƒė— 냁揰 ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ´, 냁揰 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ í™•ė¸í•˜ęŗ ,When the hovering input by the conductor is detected on the flexible display, the coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input is sensed are checked; 냁揰 ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜.The electronic device changes the touch sensitivity of the exposed area of the flexible display from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity based on the coordinates. 렜1í•­ė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ,According to claim 1, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”,the at least one processor, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 따ëŧ 냁揰 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėĸŒí‘œė˜ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋė„ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 í™•ė¸í•˜ęŗ ,checking in real time a change in coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input is sensed according to the sliding operation of the flexible display; 냁揰 ėĸŒí‘œė˜ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋė„ 기반ėœŧ로 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ 뤑 í„°ėš˜ 감도가 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ되는 ė˜ė—­ė„ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜.An electronic device configured to change, in real time, an area of the flexible display in which the touch sensitivity is changed from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity based on the change of the coordinates. 렜1í•­ė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ,According to claim 1, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”,the at least one processor, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ė•ˆ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė— í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩė„ ë°Šė§€í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ëŠ”ė‹œė§€ëĨŧ 냁揰 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė— í‘œė‹œí•˜ëŠ” ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜.An electronic device for displaying a message for preventing a touch input to the exposed area of the flexible display on the exposed area of the flexible display while changing the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity. 렜1í•­ė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ,According to claim 1, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”,the at least one processor, í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩęŗŧ 관련된 ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ė„ 낮ėļ° ėƒę¸° í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋí•˜ęŗ ,lowering a threshold value related to a touch input to change the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity; 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩęŗŧ 관련된 ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ė„ 높ė—Ŧ 냁揰 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜.An electronic device for changing a touch sensitivity of the exposed region from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity by increasing a threshold value related to a touch input of the exposed region of the flexible display. 렜1í•­ė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ,According to claim 1, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”,the at least one processor, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė´ ėž ę¸ˆ 화면ėœŧ로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ되는 ę˛Ŋ뚰, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€í•˜ëŠ” ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜.When the exposed area of the flexible display is changed to a lock screen, the electronic device maintains a touch sensitivity of an area other than the exposed area of the flexible display as the second sensitivity. 렜1í•­ė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ,According to claim 1, 냁揰 ė „ë„ė˛´ëŠ”,The conductor is 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ę°€ 냁揰 í•˜ėš°ė§•ė˜ 내ëļ€ė—ė„œ 뙏ëļ€ëĄœ 노ėļœë˜ëŠ” 냁揰 í•˜ėš°ė§•ė˜ ę˛Ŋ溄뗐 ë°°ėš˜ë˜ëŠ” ę˛ƒė¸ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜.The electronic device of claim 1, wherein the flexible display is disposed at a boundary of the housing exposed to the outside from the inside of the housing. 렜1í•­ė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ,According to claim 1, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”,The at least one processor, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė´ í™•ė¸ë˜ëŠ´, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 냁揰 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋí•˜ęŗ , 냁揰 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜.When the target exposed area of the flexible display is confirmed, the touch sensitivity of the target exposed area of the flexible display is changed to the first sensitivity, and the touch sensitivity of an area other than the target exposed area is changed to the second sensitivity Device. 렜7í•­ė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ,8. The method of claim 7, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”,the at least one processor, 냁揰 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 노ėļœí•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•˜ëŠ” ę˛Ŋ뚰, 냁揰 ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ´ 냁揰 확ėžĨ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ė™„ëŖŒí•˜ëŠ” ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜.When performing an extended sliding operation of the flexible display to expose the target exposed area, the electronic device completes the extended sliding operation when a hovering input by the conductor is sensed. 렜7í•­ė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ,8. The method of claim 7, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”,the at least one processor, 냁揰 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ė„ 노ėļœí•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•´ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ėˆ˜í–‰í•˜ëŠ” ę˛Ŋ뚰, 냁揰 ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ė§€ ė•Šėœŧ늴 냁揰 ėļ•ė†Œ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė„ ė™„ëŖŒí•˜ëŠ” ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜.When a reduction sliding operation of the flexible display is performed to expose the target exposed area, the electronic device completes the reduction sliding operation when a hovering input by the conductor is not detected. 렜9í•­ė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ,10. The method of claim 9, 냁揰 ė ė–´ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ė˜ í”„ëĄœė„¸ė„œëŠ”,the at least one processor, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ 뤑 냁揰 ëĒŠí‘œ 노ėļœ ė˜ė—­ ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė—ė˜ í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩė„ ë°Šė§€í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ëŠ”ė‹œė§€ëĨŧ í‘œė‹œí•˜ëŠ” ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜.An electronic device that displays a message for preventing a touch input to an area other than the target exposed area among the exposed areas of the flexible display. í•˜ėš°ė§• 내ëļ€ė— ė „ë„ė˛´ę°€ ë°°ėš˜ëœ ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ ė œė–´ ë°Šë˛•ė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ,A method for controlling an electronic device in which a conductor is disposed inside a housing, the method comprising: í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 ę°ë„ëŗ´ë‹¤ ë†’ė€ 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ėž‘;changing the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to a second sensitivity higher than the first sensitivity; 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ ėƒė— 냁揰 ė „ë„ė˛´ė— ė˜í•œ 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ë˜ëŠ´, 냁揰 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ í™•ė¸í•˜ëŠ” ë™ėž‘; 및when the hovering input by the conductor is sensed on the flexible display, checking coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input is sensed; and 냁揰 ėĸŒí‘œëĨŧ 기반ėœŧ로 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ėž‘;ė„ íŦ함하는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ ė œė–´ 방법.and changing the touch sensitivity of the exposed area of the flexible display from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity based on the coordinates. 렜11í•­ė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ,12. The method of claim 11, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėŠŦëŧė´ë”Š ë™ėž‘ė— 따ëŧ 냁揰 호버링 ėž…ë Ĩė´ ę°ė§€ëœ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ ėĸŒí‘œė˜ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋė„ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 í™•ė¸í•˜ëŠ” ë™ėž‘; 및checking in real time a change in coordinates of the flexible display in which the hovering input is sensed according to the sliding operation of the flexible display; and 냁揰 ėĸŒí‘œė˜ ëŗ€ę˛Ŋė„ 기반ėœŧ로 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ 뤑 í„°ėš˜ 감도가 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ되는 ė˜ė—­ė„ ė‹¤ė‹œę°„ėœŧ로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ėž‘;ė„ 더 íŦ함하는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ ė œė–´ 방법.and changing, in real time, an area of the flexible display in which the touch sensitivity is changed from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity based on the change of the coordinates. 렜11í•­ė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ,12. The method of claim 11, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ė•ˆ 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė— í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩė„ ë°Šė§€í•˜ę¸° ėœ„í•œ ëŠ”ė‹œė§€ëĨŧ 냁揰 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė— í‘œė‹œí•˜ëŠ” ë™ėž‘;ė„ 더 íŦ함하는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ ė œė–´ 방법.Displaying a message on the exposed area of the flexible display for preventing a touch input on the exposed area of the flexible display while changing the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity; Control method of an electronic device further comprising. 렜11í•­ė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ,12. The method of claim 11, 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ėž‘ė€,The operation of changing to the second sensitivity is í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩęŗŧ 관련된 ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ė„ 낮ėļ° ėƒę¸° í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜1 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋí•˜ęŗ ,lowering a threshold value related to a touch input to change the touch sensitivity of the flexible display from the first sensitivity to the second sensitivity; 냁揰 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ë™ėž‘ė€,Changing the touch sensitivity of the exposed area from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity includes: 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ ėž…ë Ĩęŗŧ 관련된 ėž„ęŗ„ ę°’ė„ 높ė—Ŧ 냁揰 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 ę°ë„ė—ė„œ 냁揰 렜1 감도로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ하는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ ė œė–´ 방법.A method of controlling an electronic device to change the touch sensitivity of the exposed region from the second sensitivity to the first sensitivity by increasing a threshold value related to a touch input of the exposed region of the flexible display. 렜11í•­ė— ėžˆė–´ė„œ,12. The method of claim 11, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ė´ ėž ę¸ˆ 화면ėœŧ로 ëŗ€ę˛Ŋ되는 ę˛Ŋ뚰, 냁揰 í”Œë ‰ė„œë¸” ë””ėŠ¤í”Œë ˆė´ė˜ 노ėļœëœ ė˜ė—­ ė´ė™¸ė˜ ė˜ė—­ė˜ í„°ėš˜ 감도ëĨŧ 냁揰 렜2 감도로 ėœ ė§€í•˜ëŠ” ë™ėž‘;ė„ 더 íŦ함하는 ė „ėž ėžĨėš˜ė˜ ė œė–´ 방법.and maintaining a touch sensitivity of an area other than the exposed area of the flexible display as the second sensitivity when the exposed area of the flexible display is changed to a lock screen.
PCT/KR2021/018031 2020-12-04 2021-12-01 Electronic device comprising flexible display, and control method thereof Ceased WO2022119320A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR10-2020-0168662 2020-12-04
KR20200168662 2020-12-04
KR1020200179474A KR20220079358A (en) 2020-12-04 2020-12-21 Electronic device including flexible display and method for controlling the same
KR10-2020-0179474 2020-12-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022119320A1 true WO2022119320A1 (en) 2022-06-09

Family

ID=81853265

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2021/018031 Ceased WO2022119320A1 (en) 2020-12-04 2021-12-01 Electronic device comprising flexible display, and control method thereof

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022119320A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013012065A (en) * 2011-06-29 2013-01-17 Toshiba Corp Information processor and touch panel control method
KR20140122665A (en) * 2013-04-10 2014-10-20 ė‚ŧė„ąė „ėžėŖŧė‹íšŒė‚Ŧ Foldable electronic device and a method for managing visible regions thereof
KR20150027460A (en) * 2013-09-03 2015-03-12 ėŖŧė‹íšŒė‚Ŧ ė‹œë…¸íŽ™ėŠ¤ provides a split screen flexible display device
KR101521219B1 (en) * 2008-11-10 2015-05-18 ė—˜ė§€ė „ėž ėŖŧė‹íšŒė‚Ŧ Mobile terminal using flexible display and operation method thereof
KR20170084504A (en) * 2016-01-12 2017-07-20 ė‚ŧė„ąė „ėžėŖŧė‹íšŒė‚Ŧ Electronic device and wearing form recognizing method therefor

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101521219B1 (en) * 2008-11-10 2015-05-18 ė—˜ė§€ė „ėž ėŖŧė‹íšŒė‚Ŧ Mobile terminal using flexible display and operation method thereof
JP2013012065A (en) * 2011-06-29 2013-01-17 Toshiba Corp Information processor and touch panel control method
KR20140122665A (en) * 2013-04-10 2014-10-20 ė‚ŧė„ąė „ėžėŖŧė‹íšŒė‚Ŧ Foldable electronic device and a method for managing visible regions thereof
KR20150027460A (en) * 2013-09-03 2015-03-12 ėŖŧė‹íšŒė‚Ŧ ė‹œë…¸íŽ™ėŠ¤ provides a split screen flexible display device
KR20170084504A (en) * 2016-01-12 2017-07-20 ė‚ŧė„ąė „ėžėŖŧė‹íšŒė‚Ŧ Electronic device and wearing form recognizing method therefor

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022080630A1 (en) Electronic device including friction reducing structure
WO2022004985A1 (en) Electronic device comprising flexible display and operating method therefor
WO2022097980A1 (en) Method for controlling flexible display, and electronic apparatus
WO2022071736A1 (en) Electronic apparatus comprising flexible display
WO2022014988A1 (en) Electronic device and power control method
WO2022139376A1 (en) Electronic device including coil antenna
WO2022103021A1 (en) Electronic device including flexible display, and control method therefor
WO2022103040A1 (en) Electronic device comprising flexible display, and method for operating same
WO2023058893A1 (en) Electronic device comprising fingerprint sensor
WO2022050627A1 (en) Electronic device comprising flexible display, and operation method thereof
WO2022154352A1 (en) Antenna structure and electronic device comprising same
WO2022131701A1 (en) Foldable electronic device and method of operating same
WO2022098169A1 (en) Electronic device including flexible display, and operating method therefor
WO2022114509A1 (en) Electronic device for providing screen having visibility changed according to extension of flexible display, and control method therefor
WO2022119115A1 (en) Electronic apparatus including microphone and control method therefor
WO2022119320A1 (en) Electronic device comprising flexible display, and control method thereof
WO2022045579A1 (en) Electronic device for correcting position of external device and operation method thereof
WO2022102999A1 (en) Electronic device comprising flexible display, and operating method thereof
WO2022108125A1 (en) Electronic device comprising battery and method therefor
WO2024049270A1 (en) Electronic device comprising slideable display and method for operating same
WO2022119178A1 (en) Electronic device comprising flexible display, and method for capturing image in electronic device
WO2024014686A1 (en) Electronic device including display including touch circuit that processes contact of external object
WO2023158091A1 (en) Electronic device comprising flexible display, and operating method therefor
WO2022119412A1 (en) Electronic device comprising flexible display and camera
WO2025018608A1 (en) Electronic device and method for identifying palm touch, and non-transitory computer-readable recording medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21901008

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21901008

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1